OI feedback

Family 9110+02 IBM System p5 510

IBM United States Sales Manual
Revised:  May 06, 2014.

Table of contents
TOC Link Product life cycle dates TOC Link Publications
TOC Link Abstract TOC Link Features
TOC Link Highlights TOC Link Accessories
TOC Link Description TOC Link Machine elements
TOC Link Models TOC Link Supplies
TOC Link Technical description  

 
Product life cycle dates
Type Model Announced Available Marketing Withdrawn Service Discontinued
9110-51A 2006/02/142006/02/24 2010/07/30 -

Back to topBack to top
 
Abstract

The IBM 9110 System p5 510 and System p5 510Q rack-mount servers (9110-51A) give you tools for managing On Demand Business, greater application flexibility, and innovative technology -- all designed to help you capitalize on the On Demand Business revolution. The p5 510 is targeted for business-critical application serving workloads or compute- intensive business workloads and can be used for SAN-attached environments.

Model abstract 9110-51A

The IBM 9110 p5-510 Model 51A comes in a 2U rack drawer package and is available in a 1-core or 2-core configuration using the innovative, 64-bit, copper-based POWER5+ microprocessors running at either 1.9 or 2.1 GHz. The p5-510Q, very similar to the p5-510 server, is available in a 4-core configuration using either a 1.5 or 1.65 GHz POWER5+ processor.
Back to topBack to top
 

Highlights

The System p5 510 and 510Q offer:

  • 64-bit scalability, offering 1-, 2-, and 4-core configurations
  • Powerful, symmetric multiprocessing (SMP) on demand server
  • 2U rack-mount configuration
  • Performance and capacity needed by demanding On Demand Business applications
  • Up to 32 GB of memory
  • Up to 1200 GB of internal disk storage
  • Four hot-swap disk bays and three PCI-X slots for feature expandability
  • One slimline media bay for DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM
  • Dynamic logical partitioning (LPAR)

Back to topBack to top
 
Description

The p5-510 has a base of 1 GB of main memory that can be expanded to 32 GB for faster performance and exploitation of 64-bit addressing, as used in large database applications.

The p5-510 contains five bays. Four of the five are front-accessible, hot-swap-capable DASD bays and can accommodate up to 1200 GB of disk storage. The fifth bay is used for a slimline DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM.

Other integrated features include:

  • Three 64-bit PCI-X slots

  • Service Processor

  • Two 10/100/1000 Ethernet ports, system ports, USB ports, and Hardware Management Console (HMC) ports

  • Dual channel Ultra320 SCSI controller

  • External SCSI port

  • Hot-swap power and cooling

  • Redundant power (optional) and cooling

Dynamic LPAR is supported on the p5-510, allowing up to four partitions. In addition, the optional Advanced POWER Virtualization feature supports up to 10 partitions per processor.

The p5-510 also provides end-to-end iSCSI support when using the new System p5 iSCSI host bus adapters (HBAs) or the iSCSI software Initiator available in both AIX 5L and Linux on Power in conjunction with the System Storage N5000 series of iSCSI-enabled storage offerings. The combination of System p5 and System Storage provide an end-to-end set of solutions designed to help maximize your infrastructure investment. The N5000 is a highly scalable generation of iSCSI-enabled storage products that will take advantage of the increased bandwidth capable from System p5 systems that utilize the new iSCSI adapters or iSCSI software initiators.

The p5-510 and p5-510Q are backed by a three-year warranty.

System p5 510 and p5 510Q

Summary of standard features:

  • Rack-mount (2U) configuration

  • 1-core, 2-core, and 4-core SMP design (one processor card)

    • p5-510:
      • 1-core 1.9 GHz with 36 MB L3 cache
      • 2-core 1.9 GHz with 36 MB L3 cache
      • 1-core 2.1 GHz with 36 MB L3 cache
      • 2-core 2.1 GHz with 36 MB L3 cache

    • p5-510Q:
      • 4-core 1.5 GHz with two 36 MB L3 caches
      • 4-core 1.65 GHz with two 36 MB L3 caches

  • 1 GB of DDR-I 266 MHz ECC memory:
    • Expandable to 32 GB

  • Four hot-swap disk drive bays

  • One slimline media bay:
    • One DVD-ROM (optional - default)
    • One DVD-RAM (optional)

  • Three PCI-X slots (hot-swap not supported):
    • One 64-bit, 133 MHz (long)
    • Two 64-bit, 266 MHz (long)

  • Integrated:
    • Dual 10/100/1000 Ethernet
    • Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI controller
    • One external SCSI port
    • Service Processor
    • Hot-swap and redundant fans
    • Two USB ports
    • Two system ports
    • Two HMC ports

  • 700 watt power supply, base (redundant power optional)

The minimum p5-510 configuration must include a processor, a processor entitlement, memory, power supply, hard disk drive, a bezel and hardware indicator, a power cord, and a language group specify. The IBM/OEM Rack-mount Drawer Rail Kit (#7166) is not part of the minimum configuration. The defaults, if no choice is made, are:

  • 1-core Processor, 1.9 GHz (#7654)
  • One processor entitlement (#7361)
  • 1 GB memory DIMM (#1930)
  • Power supply, 700 watt, base (#7989)
  • 73.4 GB hard disk drive (#1968)
  • IBM bezel and hardware (#7195)
  • Language Group Specify (#9300 or 97xx)
  • Power Cords (#6458, #6460, #6469-#6478, #6487, #6488, #6493-#6496, #6651, # 6659, #6660, #6669, #6670, #6671, #6672, #6680, #6687)

System p5 510 and p5 510Q Express Product Offerings

If you order a System p5 510 server with a 1-core or 2-core POWER5+ 1.9 GHz processor (#7654 or #7655), or with a 1-core or 2-core POWER5+ 2.1 GHz processor (#8283 or #8244), or a System p5 510Q server with a 4-core POWER5+ processor (#7656) or with a 4-core POWER5+ 1.65 GHz processor (#8282) Express Product Offering, as defined here, you may qualify for a processor activation at no extra charge. The number of processors, total memory, quantity/size of disk, and presence of a media device are the only features that determine if a customer is entitled to a processor entitlement at no additional charge.

When you purchase an Express Product Offering, you will be entitled to a lower-priced AIX 5L or Linux operating system license, or may choose to purchase the system with no operating system. The lower-priced AIX 5L or Linux operating system is processed via a feature number on AIX 5L and either Red Hat or SUSE Linux. You may choose either the lower priced AIX 5L or Linux subscription but not both. If you choose AIX 5L for your lower-priced operating system, you can also order Linux but will purchase your Linux subscription at full price versus the reduced price. The converse is true if you choose a Linux subscription as your lower-priced operating system. Systems with a reduced price AIX 5L offering will be referred to as the IBM System p5 Express, AIX 5L edition, and systems with a lower-priced Linux operating system will be referred to as the IBM System p5 Express, OpenPower editions. In the case of Linux, only the fist subscription purchased is lower priced so, for example, additional licenses purchased for Red Hat to run in multiple partitions will be at full price.

You can make changes to the standard features as needed and still qualify for processor entitlements at no additional charge and a reduced price AIX or Linux operating system license. However, selection of total memory or DASD smaller than the total defined as the minimums disqualifies the order as an Express Product Offering.

If any of the features in an Express Product Offering are changed, the Express Product Offering identification feature (#96XX) will be removed from the order.

  • 1-core 1.9 GHz Offering:

    (No Longer Available as of February 12, 2007)

    • 1 x 1-core 1.9 GHz processor card (#7654)
    • 1 x 1024 MB (2 x 512 MB) DIMMs (#1930)
    • 2 x 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Disk Drive (#1968)
    • 1 x IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware (#7195)
    • 1 x Power supply, 700 watt (#7989)
    • 1 x DVD-ROM (#1903)
    • 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or 97xx)
    • 1 x IBM/OEM Rack-mount Rail Kit (#7166)
    • 1 x Power cord (#6671)
    • 1 x Express Product Offering ID 91101M1(#9630)

      Receive one processor entitlement (#8761) at no additional charge. One processor is entitled.

  • 1-core 2.1 GHz Offering:
    • 1 x 1-core 2.1 GHz processor card (#8283)
    • 1 x 1024 MB (2 x 512 MB) DIMMs (#1930)
    • 2 x 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#1971)
    • 1 x IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware (#7195)
    • 1 x Power supply, 700 watt (#7989)
    • 1 x DVD-ROM (#1903)
    • 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or 97xx)
    • 1 x IBM/OEM Rack-mount Rail Kit (#7166)
    • 1 x Power cord (#6671)

      Receive one processor entitlement (#8483) at no additional charge. One processor is entitled.

  • 2-core 1.9 GHz Offering:

    (No Longer Available as of February 12, 2007)

    • 1 x 2-core 1.9 GHz processor card (#7655)
    • 1 x 2048 MB (2 x 1024 MB) DIMMs (#1931)
    • 2 x 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Disk Drive (#1968)
    • 1 x IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware (#7195)
    • 1 x Power supply, 700 watt (#7989)
    • 1 x DVD-ROM (#1903)
    • 1 x IBM/OEM Rack-mount Rail Kit (#7166)
    • 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or 97xx)
    • 1 x Power cord (#6671)
    • 1 x Processor Entitlement (#7362)
    • 1 x Express Product Offering ID 91101M2(#9631)

      Receive one processor entitlement (#8762) at no additional charge. Two processors are entitled.

  • 2-core 2.1 GHz Offering:
    • 1 x 2-core 2.1 GHz processor card (#8284)
    • 1 x 2048 MB (2 x 1024 MB) DIMMs (#1931)
    • 2 x 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#1971)
    • 1 x IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware (#7195)
    • 1 x Power supply, 700 watt (#7989)
    • 1 x DVD-ROM (#1903)
    • 1 x IBM/OEM Rack-mount Rail Kit (#7166)
    • 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or 97xx)
    • 1 x Power cord (#6671)
    • 1 x Processor Entitlement (#7284)

      Receive one processor entitlement (#8484) at no additional charge. Two processors are entitled.

  • 4-core 1.5 GHz Offering:

    (No Longer Available as of February 12, 2007)

    • 1 x 4-core 1.5 GHz processor card (#7656)
    • 2 x 2048 MB (2 x 1024 MB) DIMMs (#1931)
    • 2 x 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Disk Drive (#1968)
    • 1 x IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware (#7195)
    • 1 x Power supply, 700 watt (#7989)
    • 1 x DVD-ROM (#1903)
    • 1 x IBM/OEM Rack-mount Rail Kit (#7166)
    • 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or 97xx)
    • 1 x Power cord (#6671)
    • 2 x Processor Entitlement (#7376)
    • 1 x Express Product Offering ID 91101M3(#9632)

      Receive two processor entitlements (#8876) at no additional charge. Four processors are entitled.

  • 4-core 1.65 GHz Offering:
    • 1 x 4-core 1.65 GHz processor card (#8282)
    • 2 x 2048 MB (2 x 1024 MB) DIMMs (#1931)
    • 2 x 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#1971)
    • 1 x IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware (#7195)
    • 1 x Power supply, 700 watt (#7989)
    • 1 x DVD-ROM (#1903)
    • 1 x IBM/OEM Rack-mount Rail Kit (#7166)
    • 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or 97xx)
    • 1 x Power cord (#6671)
    • 2 x Processor Entitlement (#7282)

      Receive two processor entitlements (#8482) at no additional charge. Four processors are entitled.

IBM System p5 Solution Editions

Designed to help our clients take advantage of the combined experience and expertise of IBM and ISVs in building business value, IBM System p5 Solution Editions have been devised to define recommended end-to-end solution stacks, which are designed and sized to satisfy a range of user requirements for specific ISV application environments. IBM System p5 Solution Editions include new, affordable Express configurations for popular System p5 models to simplify server selection and ease capacity planning.

IBM System p5 Solution Edition for Oracle's JD Edwards EnterpriseOne and IBM System p5 Solution Edition for Oracle E-Business Suite share a common set of five Solution Edition Express Configurations that differ in the number of users supported for each application environment. Also provided are four Solution Edition Express Configurations for the IBM System p5 Solution Edition for SAP BI. As with other System p5 Express Configurations for the IBM System p5 Solution Edition Express Configurations are building blocks that can be configured with additional memory and I/O options to tailor the infrastructure to satisfy specific client requirements. IBM System p5 Solution Edition Express Configurations are intended to be used in conjunction with one of these participating application environments.

The IBM System p5 Solution Editions employ the same configuration rules as the Express Product Offerings.

IBM System p5 Solution Edition for Oracle's JD Edwards EnterpriseOne and Oracle E-Business Suite for Enterprise Resource Planning

Highlights include:

  • Attractively-priced IBM System p5 configuration building blocks tailored to fit popular Oracle E-Business Suite and JD Edwards EnterpriseOne environments

  • Presized configurations satisfy a wide range of requirements of JD Edwards EnterpriseOne users

  • Affordable IBM Solution Edition Express configurations for popular System p5 models that simplify selection and ease capacity planning

  • Support for the flexible deployment of JD Edwards EnterpriseOne and Oracle E-Business Suite environments

  • Support for the diverse needs of end users, senior management, and IT professionals

  • Highly reliable System p5 family designed to help businesses build resilient and scalable computing environments without compromising system affordability.

  • Support for the needs of SMB clients in many industries

Bringing the ERP application environment together with the computing infrastructure, the IBM System p5 Solution Edition for JD Edwards EnterpriseOne and Oracle E-Business Suite is an end-to-end ERP solution designed to provide a more integrated and tuned environment for small and medium sized busi-nesses faced with the challenge of becoming an On Demand Business.

Solution Edition is a concept designed to support the business requirements of clients of particular ISV applications. It is designed to help our clients take advantage of the combined experience and expertise of IBM and ISVs in building business value.

The IBM System p5 Solution Edition for Oracle's JD Edwards EnterpriseOne and Oracle E-Business Suite includes a set of new, affordable Express Configurations for popular System p5 models which satisfy a range of user requirements from various industries, including Finance, Manufacturing and Distribution. These new Express Configurations, have been tailored to specific user requirements for two Oracle business suites:

Oracle E-Business Suite and JD Edwards EnterpriseOne. Mutual IBM and Oracle clients are eligible to order these new feature number configurations if they are used in conjunction with one of these participating application environments.

Oracle E-Business Suite is a fully integrated, comprehensive suite of business applications for enterprises of all sizes that provides functionality to meet your client's unique requirements. Whether your client implements one module at a time, multiple modules, or the complete suite, Oracle E-Business Suite provides better business information for effective decision-making and enables an adaptive enterprise for optimal responsiveness.

JD Edwards EnterpriseOne is a complete suite of modular, preintegrated industry-specific business applications configured for rapid deployment and ease of administration. The modular design allows clients to implement only those solutions their business requires, and the flexible, integrated architecture lowers the ongoing cost of ownership.

The new Express Configurations are building blocks that can be configured with additional memory and I/O options to tailor the infrastructure to satisfy specific client requirements. An end-to-end solution stack combines the leadership IBM System p family of servers, IBM Advanced POWER Virtualization for supporting efficient, low-cost, all-in-one server configurations; IBM System Storage; IBM Tivoli Access Manager and Oracle DataVault for system and data access protection respectively; and the powerful Oracle software environments.

The IBM System p5 Solution Edition for Oracle JD Edwards EnterpriseOne and Oracle E-Business Suite provides many benefits to clients:

Assurance: Reference architecture validated and tested at IBM Oracle International Competency Center
Affordability: Low price on choice of System p5 configurations
Robustness: High availablity and reliablity features with optional access security features (with the addition of Oracle and Tivoli technologies)
Exceptional performance: Solutions tested by the IBM ked Oracle International Competency center
Flexible virtualization: Enables efficient, virtualized 3-tier configuration to lower client's cost

Solution Edition for Oracle configurations

To ease the implementation of Oracle E-Business Suite and JD Edwards EnterpriseOne on System p5 servers, IBM offers the following configurations:

  • Solution Edition for Oracle - p5-510 1-core 2.1 GHz
    • 1 x 1-core 2.1 GHz processor card (#8283)
    • 1 x 2048 MB (2 x 1024 MB) DIMMs (#1931)
    • 1 x 4096 MB (2 x 2048 MB) DIMMs (#1932)
    • 2 x 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#1971)
    • 1 x IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware (#7195)
    • 1 x Power supply, 700 watt (#7989)
    • 1 x DVD-ROM (#1903)
    • 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or 97xx)
    • 1 x IBM/OEM Rack-mount Rail Kit (#7166)
    • 1 x Power cord (#6671)
    • 1 x Solution Edition Specify Feature (#8025)

    Receive one processor entitlement (#8483) at no additional charge. One processor is entitled.

    Note: Same as 9110-51A 1-core 2.1 GHz Express Offering, except 6 GB memory (#1931+ #1932) replaces 1 GB memory (#1930) and 15,000 RPM drives (#1971) replace 10,000 RPM drives (#1968).

  • Solution Edition for Oracle - p5-510 2-core 2.1 GHz
    • 1 x 2-core 2.1 GHz processor card (#8284)
    • 4 x 4096 MB (2 x 2048 MB) DIMMs (#8230)
    • 2 x 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#1971)
    • 1 x IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware (#7195)
    • 1 x Power supply, 700 watt (#7989)
    • 1 x DVD-ROM (#1903)
    • 1 x IBM/OEM Rack-mount Rail Kit (#7166)
    • 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or #97xx)
    • 1 x Power cord (#6671)
    • 1 x Processor Entitlement (#7284)
    • 1 x Solution Edition Specify Feature (#8026)

    Receive one processor entitlement (#8484) at no additional charge. Two processors are entitled.

    Note. Same as 9110-51A 2-core 2.1 GHz Express Offering, except 16 GB memory (4 x #8230) replaces 4 GB memory (2 x #1931) and 15,000 RPM drives (#1971) replace 10,000 RPM drives (#1968).

Reliability, Availability, and Serviceability (RAS)

Reliability, fault tolerance, and data integrity

The reliability of the System p5 510 starts with components, devices, and subsystems that are designed to be fault-tolerant. During the design and development process, subsystems go through rigorous verification and integration testing processes. During system manufacturing, systems go through a thorough testing process to help ensure the highest product quality level.

The p5-510 system L3 cache and system memory offers ECC (error checking and correcting) fault-tolerant features. ECC is designed to correct environmentally induced, single-bit, intermittent memory failures and single-bit hard failures. With ECC, the likelihood of memory failures will be substantially reduced. ECC also provides double-bit memory error detection that helps protect data integrity in the event of a double-bit memory failure. System memory also provides 4-bit packet error detection that helps to protect data integrity in the event of a DRAM chip failure. The system bus, I/O bus, and PCI buses are designed with parity error detection.

Disk mirroring and disk controller duplexing are also provided by the AIX operating system. Linux supports DASD mirroring (RAID 1). This is supported in software using the md driver. Some hardware RAID adapters are supported under Linux supported mirroring.

The Journaled File System maintains file system consistency and reduces the likelihood of data loss when the system is abnormally halted due to a power failure.

PCI extended error handling (EEH)(3)

In the past, PCI bus parity errors caused a global machine check interrupt, which eventually required a system reboot to continue. In the POWER5+ systems, new I/O drawer hardware, system firmware, and AIX interaction have been designed to allow transparent recovery of intermittent PCI bus parity errors and graceful transition to the I/O device available state in the case of a permanent parity error in the PCI bus. This mechanism is called the PCI extended error handling adapter (EEH).

EEH-enabled adapters respond to a special data packet generated from the affected PCI slot hardware by calling system firmware, which will examine the affected bus, allow the device driver to reset it, and continue without a system reboot. Currently, Linux does not support the EEH behavior. In the event of a PCI error, the system will machine check and a reboot will be required to continue.

Memory error-correction extensions

The standard memory has single-error-correct and double-error-detect ECC circuitry designed to correct single-bit memory failures. The double-bit detection is designed to help maintain data integrity by detecting and reporting multiple errors beyond what the ECC circuitry can correct. The memory chips are organized such that the failure of any specific memory module only affects a single bit within an ECC word (bit scattering), thus allowing for error correction and continued operation in the presence of a complete chip failure (Chipkill recovery).

The memory also utilizes memory scrubbing and thresholding to determine when spare memory modules, within each bank of memory, if available, should be used to replace ones that have exceeded their threshold value (dynamic bit steering).

Redundancy for array self-healing

Although the most likely failure event in a processor is a soft single-bit error in one of its caches, other events can occur, and they need to be distinguished from one another. For the L1, L2, and L3 caches and their directories, hardware and firmware keep track of whether permanent errors are being corrected beyond a threshold. If exceeded, a deferred repair error log is created. Additional run-time availability actions, such as CPU vary off(4) or L3 cache line delete, are also initiated.

L1 and L2 caches and L2 and L3 directories on the POWER5+ chip are manufactured with spare bits in their arrays that can be accessed via programmable steering logic to replace faulty bits in the respective arrays. This is analogous to the redundant bit steering employed in main storage as a mechanism that is designed to help avoid physical repair, and is also implemented in POWER5+ systems. The steering logic is activated during processor initialization and is initiated by the built- in system-test (BIST) at power-on time.

L3 cache redundancy exceeding correctable error thresholds initiates invocation of a dynamic L3 cache line delete function (stops using bad cache).

Note: (4) Indicates that this RAS function is only available for a Linux operating system running the 2.6 kernel.

Service Processor

The Service Processor that is standard on the System p5 systems provides the capability to diagnose, check the status of, and sense the operational conditions of a remote system.

The Service Processor runs on its own power boundary and does not require a system processor to be operational to perform its tasks.

The Service Processor supports surveillance of the connection to the HMC and to the system firmware (Hypervisor). It also provides several remote power control options, environmental monitoring (but only critical errors are supported under Linux), reset and boot features, and remote maintenance and diagnostic functions, including console mirroring.

The Service Processor can place calls to report surveillance failures, critical environmental faults, and critical processing faults when the system is not managed by an HMC running Service Focal Point.

Fault-monitoring functions

  • BIST (built-in self-test) and POST (power-on self-test) check the processor, L3 cache, memory, and associated hardware required for proper booting of the operating system, every time the system is powered on. If a noncritical error is detected or if the errors occur in the resources that can be removed from the system configuration, the booting process is designed to proceed to completion. The errors are logged in the system nonvolatile RAM (NVRAM).

  • Disk drive fault tracking can alert the system administrator of an impending disk failure before it impacts customer operation.

  • The AIX or Linux log (where hardware and software failures are recorded and analyzed by the Error Log Analysis (ELA) routine) warns the system administrator about the causes of system problems. The Service Processor event log also logs unrecoverable checkstop conditions and forwards them to the Service Focal Point if the system is HMC-attached. This also enables IBM service representatives to bring along probable replacement hardware components when a service call is placed, thus minimizing system repair time.

Mutual surveillance

The Service Processor monitors the operation of the firmware during the boot process, and also monitors the Hypervisor for termination. The Hypervisor monitors the Service Processor and will perform a reset/reload if it detects the loss of the Service Processor. If the reset/reload doesn't correct the problem with the Service Processor, the Hypervisor will notify the operating system and the operating system can take appropriate action, including calling for service.

Environmental-monitoring functions

  • Temperature monitoring increases the fan speed rotation when ambient temperature is above the normal operating range.

  • Temperature monitoring warns the system administrator of potential environmental-related problems (for example, air conditioning and air circulation around the system) so that appropriate corrective actions can be taken before a critical failure threshold is reached. It also performs an orderly system shutdown when the operating temperature exceeds the critical level.

  • Fan speed monitoring provides a warning and an orderly system shutdown when the speed is out of operational specification.

  • Voltage monitoring provides warning and an orderly system shutdown when the voltages are out of operational specification.

Error handling and reporting

In the unlikely event of system hardware or environmentally induced failure, the system run-time error capture capability systematically analyzes the hardware error signature to determine the cause of failure. The analysis result will be stored in system NVRAM. When the system can be successfully rebooted either manually or automatically, the error will be reported to the AIX or Linux operating system. Error Log Analysis (ELA) can be used to display the failure cause and the physical location of the failing hardware.

With the integrated Service Processor, the system has the ability to automatically send out an alert via phone line to a pager or call for service in the event of a critical a system failure. A hardware fault will also turn on the two Attention Indicators (one located on the front of the system unit and the other on the rear) to alert the user of an internal hardware problem. The indicator may also be turned on by the operator as a tool to allow system identification. For identification, the indicators will flash, whereas the indicator will be on solid when an error condition occurs.

Availability enhancement functions

  • The auto-restart (reboot) option, when enabled, can reboot the system automatically following an unrecoverable software error, software hang, hardware failure, or environmentally induced (ac power) failure.

Serviceability

The p5-510 is designed for customer setup of the machine and for subsequent addition of most features (adapters/devices)(4). For a fee, IBM Service can perform the installation.

  • The p5-510 allows customers to replace service parts (customer replaceable unit). To do this, the p5-510 has incorporated LEDs that will indicate the parts needing to be replaced.

  • The p5-510 allows support personnel to remotely log into them to review error logs and perform remote maintenance. The p5-510 Service Processor enables the analysis of a system that will not boot.

  • The diagnostics consist of Stand-alone Diagnostics, which are loaded from the DVD-ROM drive, and Online Diagnostics.

  • Online Diagnostics(3),when installed, are resident with AIX on the disk or system. They can be booted in single-user mode (service mode), run in maintenance mode, or run concurrently (concurrent mode) with other applications. They have access to the AIX Error Log and the AIX Configuration Data.

  • Service mode allows checking of system devices and features.

  • Concurrent mode allows the normal system functions to continue while selected resources are being checked.

  • Maintenance mode allows checking of most system resources.

  • For results of Service Processor tests, access the error log from the Service Processor menu.

Note: (3) Indicates that this RAS function is not supported under Linux.

Note: Because the 9110-51A system has an optional DVD-ROM (#1903) and DVD-RAM (#1900), alternate methods for maintaining and servicing the system need to be available if the DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM is not ordered; an external Internet connection must be available to maintain or update system microcode to the latest required level.

Service Agent

The Service Agent is available at no additional charge. When installed on a System p5 server, the Service Agent can enhance IBM's ability to provide the system with maintenance service.

The Service Agent:

  • Monitors and analyzes system errors, and if needed, can automatically place a service call to IBM without customer intervention

  • Can help reduce the effect of business disruptions due to unplanned system outages and failures

  • Performs problem analysis on a subset of hardware-related problems and, with customer authorization, can report automatically the results to IBM Service

Back to topBack to top
 
Models

Model summary matrix

Model Processor Type Clock Rate System Memory Internal Storage Slots/Bays
51A POWER5+ 1.5/1.65/1.9/2.1 GHz 1 GB / 32 GB 36.4 GB / 1200 GB 3 slots / 5 bays

Customer setup (CSU)

Yes.

Devices supported

The following external machine types are supported on the indicated models for MT 9110.

This list is not all inclusive. Many devices are supported through standard ports. Please refer to the sales manual of the external machine type and the list of supported devices in the appropriate section of the AIX sales manual for further attach support information.

         |5|  X = SUPPORTED DEVICE
         |1|
         |A|
         | |
  MT-MOD | |        DESCRIPTION
---------|-|---------------------------------------------------------
         | |
---------|-|--------Communications-----------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7036-P16 |X| 16-port EIA-232 LAN Attached Remote Asynchronous Node
         | | (RAN)
         | |
---------|-|--------Disk---------------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1722-60U |X| TotalStorage DS4300 Midrange Disk System Model 60U
1722-6LU |X| IBM TotalStorage DS4000 Midrange Disk Systems Model 6LU
1724-100 |X| IBM 1724 TotalStorage DS4100 Midrange Disk System Model
         | | 100
1740-1RU |X| TotalStorage DS4000 EXP700 Expansion Unit Model 1RU
1742-1RU |X| TotalStorage DS4400 Model 1RU
1742-90U |X| TotalStorage DS4500 Midrange Disk system
1814-70A |X| IBM System Storage DS4700 Express Model 70
2076-112 |X| The IBM 2076 Storwize V7000 Control Enclosure 112
2076-124 |X| The IBM 2076 Storwize V7000 Control Enclosure 124
2076-212 |X| The IBM 2076 Storwize V7000 Control Enclosure 212
2076-224 |X| The IBM 2076 Storwize V7000 Control Enclosure 224
2105-800 |X| TotalStorage Enterprise Storage Server
2105-F10 |X| TotalStorage Enterprise Storage Server
2105-F20 |X| TotalStorage Enterprise Storage Server
7204-518 |X| IBM 7204 External Disk Drive Model 518
7204-536 |X| IBM 7204 36.4 GB External Disk Drive Model 536
7204-573 |X| IBM 7204 External Disk Drive Model 573
         | |
---------|-|--------Displays-----------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7310-C03 |X| IBM 7310 Model C03 Desktop Hardware Management Console
7310-C04 |X| IBM 7310 Model C04 Desktop Hardware Management Console
7310-C05 |X| IBM 7310 Model C05 Deskside Hardware Management Console
7310-CR2 |X| IBM 7310 Model CR2 Rack-Mount Hardware Management
         | | Console
7310-CR3 |X| IBM 7310 Model CR3 Rack-Mount Hardware Management
         | | Console
7315-C01 |X| 7315-C01 IBM Hardware Management Console
7315-C02 |X| 7315-C02 IBM Desktop Hardware Management Console
7315-C03 |X| 7315-C03 IBM Desktop Hardware Management Console
7315-C04 |X| IBM 7315 Model C04 Hardware Management Console
7315-CR2 |X| IBM 7315 Model CR2 Rack-Mount Hardware Management
         | | Console
7315-CR3 |X| IBM 7315 Model CR3 Rack-Mount Hardware Management
         | | Console
7316-TF3 |X| IBM 7316-TF3 Rack Mounted Flat Panel Console
9419-HB7 |X| IBM ThinkVision L191p 19-inch LCD Flat-panel Monitor
9513-AW1 |X| IBM T55A 15.0-inch Color TFT LCD Monitor
9516-B03 |X| IBM MultiMode 16.1-inch TFT LCD Flat Panel Monitor Model
         | | B03
9516-B04 |X| IBM MultiMode 16.1-inch TFT LCD Flat Panel Monitor Model
         | | B04
         | |
---------|-|--------Expansion Cabinets-------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2032-C40 |X| McDATA 'Core to Edge' Fibre Channel Products Model C40 -
         | | FC 512 Cabinet
2104-DS4 |X| Expandable Storage Plus Model DS4
2104-TS4 |X| Expandable Storage Plus Model TS4
2109-C36 |X| TotalStorage SAN Cabinet Model C36
7014-S11 |X| .6 Meter System Rack Model S11 - 11U
7014-S25 |X| 1.3 Meter System Rack -- 25U
7014-T00 |X| 1.8 Meter System Rack - 36U
7014-T42 |X| 2.0 Meter System Rack - 42U
7031-D24 |X| Ultra 320 SCSI Expandable Disk Storage Enclosures
7031-T24 |X| Ultra 320 SCSI Expandable Disk Storage Enclosures
         | |
----------+-+------------Optical-------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3996-032 |X| IBM System Storage Model 032
3996-080 |X| IBM System Storage Model 080
3996-174 |X| IBM System Storage Model 174
 
---------|-|--------SCSI Devices-------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7210-020 |X| IBM CD-ROM Drive Model 020
7210-025 |X| IBM DVD-RAM Drive Model 025
7210-030 |X| IBM DVD-RAM Drive Model 03
         | |
---------|-|--------Services-----------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
0463-001 |X| Software Customization (CCS)
0463-002 |X| Center for Customized Solutions (CCS)
         | |
---------|-|--------Storage Network Devices--------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1710-10U |X| IBM 1710 EXP100 Expansion Unit
2105-750 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Storage Server
2145-4F2 |X| SAN Volume Controller Model 4F2
         | |
---------|-|--------Switch-------------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2005-B32 |X| IBM 2005 TotalStorage SAN32B-2 Fabric Switch
2005-H08 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Switch H08
2005-H16 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Switch Model H16
2026-224 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN24M-1Mid-range Switch Model 224
2026-E12 |X| IBM 2026 TotalStorage SAN12M-1Entry Switch Model E12
2027-140 |X| IBM 2027 TotalStorage SAN140M director Model 140
2027-232 |X| IBM 2027 TotalStorage SAN32M-1 Switch Model 232
2027-256 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN256M
2027-R16 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN16M-R
2031-016 |X| McDATA "Enterprise to Edge" Fibre Channel
2031-032 |X| McDATA Model 032 large departmental ES-3032 Fabric
         | | Switch
2031-216 |X| McDATA ES-3216 Fabric Switch Model 216
2031-224 |X| McDATA "Core to Edge" Sphereon 4500 Fibre Channel Switch
2031-232 |X| McDATA ES-3232 Fabric Switch
2031-L00 |X| McDATA Model L00 ES-1000 Loop Switch
2032-064 |X| McDATA Model 064 Enterprise Fibre Channel Director
2032-140 |X| McDATA Intrepid 6140 Enterprise Fibre Channel Director
2042-001 |X| CNT FC/9000 64 Port Director
2042-128 |X| CNT FC/9000 128 Port Director
2042-256 |X| CNT FC/9000 Fibre Channel 256 Port Director
2045-N16 |X| IBM 2045 TotalStorage SAN256N Director Model N16
2061-020 |X| Cisco MDS 9120 Multilayer Fabric Switch
2061-040 |X| Cisco MDS 9140 Multilayer Fabric Switch
2062-D01 |X| Cisco Systems MDS 9216 three-rack-unit fabric switch
2062-D04 |X| Cisco MDS 9506  seven-rack-unit chassis
2062-D07 |X| Cisco Systems MDS 9509 a fourteen-rack-unit chassis
2062-T07 |X| Cisco 9509 Multilayer Director Switch (Telecom Model -
         | | DC Power)
2109-A16 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN16B-R Multiprotocol Router
2109-F16 |X| IBM 2109 SAN Switch Model F16
2109-F32 |X| TotalStorage SAN Switch - 2109 Model F32
2109-M12 |X| TotalStorage SAN Switch Model M12
2109-M14 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Switch 2109 Model M14
7048-120 |X| Topspin 120 Server Switch
7048-270 |X| Topspin 270 Server Switch
         | |
---------|-|--------Tape---------------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3494-B10 |X| IBM TotalStorage Virtual Tape Server (VTS) Model B10
3494-B18 |X| IBM TotalStorage Virtual Tape Server (VTS) Model B18
3494-B20 |X| IBM TotalStorage Virtual Tape Server (VTS) Model B20
3494-D10 |X| TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive Expansion Frame
3494-D12 |X| TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive Expansion Frame
3494-D14 |X| TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive Expansion Frame
3494-D22 |X| TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive Expansion Frame Model
         | | D22
3494-D24 |X| TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive Expansion Frame Model
         | | D24
3494-HA1 |X| TotalStorage Enterprise High Availability Tape Frames
         | | Model HA1
3494-L10 |X| TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Library Base Frame Model
         | | L10
3494-L12 |X| Enterprise Tape Library Base Frame Model L12
3494-L14 |X| Enterprise Tape Library Base Frame Model L14
3494-L22 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Library Base Frame
         | | Model L22
3494-S10 |X| Enterprise Tape Storage Frame Model S10
3577-L5U |X| IBM System Storage TS3400 Tape Library
3580-L11 |X| IBM 3580 Model H13 is an Ultrium Tape Drive
3580-L13 |X| IBM 3580 Model H13 is an Ultrium Tape Drive
3580-L23 |X| IBM TotalStorage Ultrium Tape Drive Model L23
3580-L33 |X| IBM TotalStorage 3580 Ultrium 3 LTO Tape Drive
3580-L43 |X| IBM 3580 Model L43 is an LTO Ultrium Tape Drive
3581-F28 |X| Ultrium Tape 2U Autoloader 3581
3581-L13 |X| IBM 3581 is an Ultrium Tape Autoloader
3581-L17 |X| 3581 Ultrium Tape Autoloader
3581-L23 |X| IBM 3581 TotalStorage Ultrium Tape Autoloader
3581-L28 |X| Ultrium Tape 2U Autoloader 3581
3582-L23 |X| IBM TOTALSTORAGE ULTRIUM TAPE LIBRARY MODEL L23
3583-L18 |X| Linear Tape Open (LTO) Tape Library - Scalable
3583-L36 |X| Linear Tape Open (LTO) Tape Library - Scalable
3583-L72 |X| Linear Tape Open (LTO) Tape Library - Scalable
3584-D32 |X| IBM UltraScalable Tape Library Model D32 - Base Frame
3584-L22 |X| IBM UltraScalable Tape Library Model L22 - Base Frame
3584-L32 |X| IBM UltraScalable Tape Library Model L32 - Expansion
         | | Frame
3584-L52 |X| IBM UltraScalable Tape Library Model L52 - Base Frame
3590-B11 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive
3590-B1A |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive
3590-C12 |X| IBM Magstar Silo Compatible Frame Model C1A
3590-E11 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive
3590-E1A |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive
3590-H11 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive Model H11
3590-H1A |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive 3590 Model H1A
3592-C20 |X| IBM TOTALSTORAGE SILO COMPATIBLE TAPE DRIVE FRAME
         | | 3592-C20
3592-E05 |X| IBM System Storage TS1120 Tape Drive
3592-J1A |X| IBM TOTALSTORAGE ENTERPRISE TAPE DRIVE 3592 MODEL J1A
7204-646 |X| IBM 7204 External Disk Drive Model 646
7205-440 |X| IBM 7205-440 40 GB External Digital Linear Tape Drive
7205-550 |X| 7205-550 160 GB External Digital Linear Tape Drive
7206-220 |X| IBM 20GB External 4MM DDS-4 Tape Drive Model 220
7206-336 |X| External 36 GB DDS Gen5 Tape Drive
7206-VX2 |X| IBM 7206 External 4mm Tape Drive
7207-122 |X| IBM 4GB External SLR5 QIC Tape Drive Model 122
7207-330 |X| IBM 7207-330 30 GB External SLR60 Tape Drive
7208-345 |X| IBM 60GB External 8MM Tape Drive Model 345
7212-102 |X| TotalStorage Storage Device Enclosure
7212-312 |X| IBM 7212  Model 312 1U VXA-2 Autoloaded
7332-220 |X| IBM 4MM DDS-4 Tape Cartridge Autoloader Model 220
 

Note: A SCSI adapter is required when attaching any external tape devices.

Feature Availability Matrix

The following feature availability matrix for MT 9110 uses the letter "A" to indicate features that are available and orderable on the specified models. "S" indicates a feature that is supported on the new model during a model conversion; these features will work on the new model, but additional quantities of these features cannot be ordered on the new model; they can only be removed. "N" indicates that the feature is not supported on the new model and must be removed during the model conversion. As additional features are announced, supported, or withdrawn, this list will be updated. Please check with your Marketing Representative for additional information.

        |5| A = AVAILABLE  S = SUPPORTED
        |1| N = NOT SUPPORTED, MUST BE REMOVED
        |A|
        | |
FEAT/PN | |        DESCRIPTION
--------|-|----------------------------------------------------------
0265    |A| AIX Partition Specify
0266    |A| Linux Partition Specify
0275    |S| CSC Specify
0983    |S| US TAA Compliance Indicator
1820    |A| PCI-X Dual-port 4x IB HCA
1835    |A| 3-meter 4x IB Cable
1836    |A| 8-meter 4x IB Cable
1839    |A| 1.5 meter 4x IB Cable
1900    |S| 4.7 GB IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
1903    |S| IDE Slimline DVD-ROM Drive
1905    |A| 4 Gb Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
1908    |S| Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card
1910    |S| 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
1912    |S| PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
1913    |S| PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter
1930    |S| 1024MB (2x512MB) DIMMs, 276-PIN, 533 MHz DDR-2 SDRAM
1931    |S| 2048MB (2x1024MB) DIMMs, 276-PIN, 533 MHz DDR-2 SDRAM
1932    |S| 4096MB (2x2048MB) DIMMs, 276-PIN, 533 MHz DDR-2 SDRAM
1934    |S| 8192MB (2x4096MB) DIMMs, 276-PIN, 533 MHz DDR-2 SDRAM
1954    |S| 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter
1955    |S| 36/72 GB 4mm Internal Tape Drive
1968    |A| 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
1969    |A| 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
1970    |S| 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
1971    |S| 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
1972    |S| 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
1973    |S| 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
1974    |A| PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
1975    |S| PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter
1977    |S| 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
1978    |S| IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
1979    |S| IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
1980    |S| POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support
1981    |S| 10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter
1982    |S| IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter
1983    |S| IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
1984    |S| IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
1985    |S| 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II
1986    |S| 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter
1987    |S| 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter
2114    |S| PCI SCSI Adapter 16-Bit Differential External Y Cable
2118    |S| Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M
2425    |S| 2.5M 16-bit SCSI-2 System-to-System Cable
2456    |A| LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
2459    |A| LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
2591    |S| External USB 1.44 MB Diskette Drive
2738    |A| 2-Port USB PCI Adapter
2849    |S| POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support
2861    |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-232 Cable
2863    |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port X.21 Cable
2864    |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port V.35 (DTE) Cable
2877    |S| IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, H.100, 4-Drop Cable
2934    |A| Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232
2936    |A| Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24
2943    |S| 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus
2944    |S| 128-Port Asynchronous Controller, PCI bus
2947    |S| IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
2951    |S| Cable, V.24 / EIA-232
2952    |S| Cable, V.35
2953    |S| Cable, V.36 / EIA-499
2954    |S| Cable, X.21
2962    |S| 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
3124    |A| Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer
3125    |A| Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack
3274    |S| 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3275    |S| 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3277    |S| 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3278    |S| 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3279    |S| 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3585    |S| 300 GB 15K RPM SCSI Disk Drive
3578    |S| 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3636    |S| L200P Flat Panel Monitor
3637    |S| IBM T541H /L150p 15" TFT Color Monitor
3638    |A| IBM C220p 21-inch Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable
3640    |S| ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor
3641    |S| IBM T115 Flat Panel Monitor
3642    |S| ThinkVision L191p Flat Panel Monitor
3643    |S| IBM T120 Flat Panel Monitor
3644    |S| IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor
3645    |S| IBM T117 Flat Panel Monitor
3752    |S| Service Package
3925    |A| Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin
3926    |S| Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M
3927    |A| Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M
3928    |A| Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M
4242    |A| 6-Foot Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell to
        | | 15-pin D-shell)
4256    |A| Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 2M
4650    |S| Rack Indicator- Not Factory Integrated
4651    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #1
4652    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #2
4653    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #3
4654    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #4
4655    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #5
4656    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #6
4657    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #7
4658    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #8
4659    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #9
4660    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #10
4661    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #11
4662    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #12
4663    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #13
4664    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #14
4665    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #15
4666    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #16
4691    |S| Rack Status Beacon Cable, Junction Box to Drawer or
        | | Status Beacon
4692    |S| Rack Status Beacon Cable, Junction Box Daisy Chain
4764    |S| PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4)
4959    |S| IBM Token-Ring PCI Adapter
4962    |S| 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II
5001    |S| Custom Service Specify
5005    |S| Software Preinstall
5700    |S| IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
5701    |S| IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
5703    |S| PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter
5706    |S| IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
5707    |S| IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
5712    |S| PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
5713    |S| 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter
5714    |S| 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter
5716    |S| 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
5718    |S| 10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter
5719    |S| IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter
5721    |S| 10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5722    |S| 10 Gb Ethernet-LR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5723    |S| 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter
5736    |S| PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
5737    |S| PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter
5740    |S| 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter
5758    |S| 4 Gb Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5759    |S| 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5951    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P
5952    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, French, #189
5953    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142
5954    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129
5955    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P
5956    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172
5957    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194
5958    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian
        | | Portuguese, #275
5959    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208
5960    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413
5961    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467
5962    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445
5963    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Canadian French, #058
5964    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/French, #120
5965    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
5966    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159
5967    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442
5968    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/
        | | German, #150
5969    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155
5970    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143
5971    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163
5972    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319
5973    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212
5974    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214
5975    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245
5976    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243
5977    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179
5978    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171
5979    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253
5980    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191
5981    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443
5982    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234
5983    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, US English
        | | International, #103P
6230    |S| Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter
6231    |S| 128 MByte DRAM Option Card
6235    |S| 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card
6239    |S| 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
6312    |S| Quad Digital Trunk Telephony PCI Adapter
6458    |A| Power Cable -- Drawer to IBM PDU, 14-foot, 250V/10A
6460    |A| Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer To OEM PDU  (125V, 15A),
        | | Plug Type #4
6469    |A| Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU,  (250V, 15A),
        | | United States, Plug Type #5
6470    |A| Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A), Plug Type #4
6471    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (125V, 15A), Plug
        | | Type #70
6472    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (250V, 16A), Plug
        | | Type #18
6473    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (250V, 10A), Plug
        | | Type 19
6474    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (250V, 13A), Plug
        | | Type #23
6475    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (250V, 16A), Plug
        | | Type #32
6476    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (250V, 10A), Plug
        | | Type #24
6477    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug
        | | Type #22
6478    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug
        | | Type #25
6479    |S| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug
        | | Type #6
6487    |S| Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall, (250V, 15A), United States,
        | | Plug Type #5
6488    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A or
        | | 250V, 10A ), Plug Type #2
6493    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug
        | | Type #62
6494    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug
        | | Type #69
6495    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug
        | | Type #73
6496    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug
        | | Type #66
6598    |A| Disk Slot Fillers (Quantity 4)
6651    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A), Plug
        | | Type #75
6659    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A), Plug
        | | Type #76
6660    |A| Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer To OEM PDU, (125V, 15A), Plug
        | | Type #59 (DENAN marking)
6665    |A| Power Cord 3 M (10 ft), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
6669    |A| Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A),
        | | Plug Type #57 (DENAN marking)
6670    |A| Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A), Plug Type #59
        | | (DENAN marking)
6671    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
6672    |A| Power Cord 2M (6.5-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
6680    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug
        | | Type #6, Insulated
6687    |A| Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall, (250V, 15A), Plug Type #57
        | | (DENAN marking)
7166    |S| IBM/OEM Rack-mount Drawer Rail Kit
7195    |S| IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
7305    |S| AAP Software Pre-Install Indicator
7361    |S| One Processor Entitlement for Processor Feature #7654
7362    |S| One Processor Entitlement for Processor Feature #7655
7376    |S| One Processor Entitlement for Processor Feature #7656
7432    |A| Advanced POWER Virtualization
7654    |A| 1-way 1.9 GHz POWER5+ Processor Card, 36MB L3 Cache
7655    |A| 2-way 1.9 GHz POWER5+ Processor Card, 36MB L3 Cache
7656    |A| 4-way 1.5 GHz POWER5+ Processor Card, 36MB L3 Cache
7779    |A| OEM Publications for IBM Logo Product
7801    |A| Ethernet Cable, 6M, Hardware Management Console to System
        | | Unit
7802    |A| Ethernet Cable, 15M, Hardware Management Console to
        | | System Unit
7989    |S| Power Supply, 700 Watt AC, Hot-swap, Base or Redundant
7999    |S| OEM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
8025    |S| Oracle Solution Edition - 1-core 2.1GHz p5-510
8026    |S| Oracle Solution Edition - 2-core 2.1GHz p5-510
8131    |S| 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 4.5 Meter
8132    |S| 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 23cm (9-Inch)
8133    |S| RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable
8230    |S| Memory Offering -- 16GB (Multiples of 4 of 2x2GB DIMMs)
8231    |S| Memory Offering -- 32GB/64GB/96GB/128GB (Multiples of
        | | 4 of 2x4GB DIMMs)
8761    |S| Zero-priced Express Product Offering Entitlement for
        | | #7654
8762    |S| Zero-priced Express Product Offering Processor
        | | Entitlement for #7655
8800    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English,
        | | #103P
8801    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French, #189
8802    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Italian, #142
8803    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black,
        | | German/Austrian, #129
8804    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, UK English, #166
8805    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Spanish, #172
8806    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Japanese, #194
8807    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black,
        | | Brazilian/Portuguese, #275
8808    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Canadian
        | | French, #058
8810    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black,
        | | Belgian/Dutch, #120
8811    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black,
        | | Swedish/Finnish, #153
8812    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Danish, #159
8813    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Bulgarian, #442
8814    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black,
        | | Swiss/French/German, #150F/G
8816    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Norwegian, #155
8818    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Portuguese, #163
8819    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Greek, #319
8820    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hebrew, #212
8821    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hungarian, #208
8823    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Polish, #214
8825    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Slovakian, #245
8826    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Czech, #243
8827    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Turkish, #179
8829    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, LA Spanish, #171
8830    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Arabic, #238
8833    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Korean, #413
8834    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Chinese/US,
        | | #467
8835    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French
        | | Canadian, #445
8836    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Thai, #191
8838    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Russian, #443
8839    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black,
        | | Yugoslavian/Latin, #105
8840    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English
        | | (EMEA), #103P
8841    |S| Mouse - USB, Business Black with Keyboard Attachment Cable
8845    |A| USB Mouse
8876    |S| Zero-priced Express Product Offering Processor
        | | Entitlement for #7656
9169    |S| Order Routing Indicator - System Plant
9300    |S| Language Group Specify - US English
9461    |S| Month Indicator
9462    |S| Day Indicator
9463    |S| Hour Indicator
9464    |S| Minute Indicator
9465    |S| Qty Indicator
9466    |S| Countable Member Indicator
9630    |S| Express Product Offering 91101M1
9631    |S| Express Product Offering 91101M2
9632    |S| Express Product Offering 91101M3
9700    |S| Language Group Specify - Dutch
9703    |S| Language Group Specify - French
9704    |S| Language Group Specify - German
9705    |S| Language Group Specify - Polish
9707    |S| Language Group Specify - Portuguese
9708    |S| Language Group Specify - Spanish
9711    |S| Language Group Specify - Italian
9712    |S| Language Group Specify - Canadian French
9714    |S| Language Group Specify - Japanese
9715    |S| Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)
9716    |S| Language Group Specify - Korean
9718    |S| Language Group Specify - Turkish
9719    |S| Language Group Specify - Hungarian
9720    |S| Language Group Specify - Slovakian
9721    |S| Language Group Specify - Russian
9722    |S| Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)
9724    |S| Language Group Specify - Czech
9725    |S| Language Group Specify -- Romanian
9727    |S| Language Group Specify -- Slovenian
 

Model conversions

None.
Back to topBack to top
 

Technical description
TOC Link Physical specifications TOC Link Operating environment TOC Link Limitations
TOC Link Hardware requirements TOC Link Software requirements


Physical specifications

  • Rack-mount:
    • Width: 483 mm (19.0 in)
    • Depth: 686 mm (27.0 in)
    • Height: 89 mm (3.5 in)

  • Weight:
    • Minimum configuration: 16.8 kg (37 lb)
    • Maximum configuration: 23.2 kg (51.6 lb)

Operating environment

  • Temperature: (nonoperating) 5 to 45 degrees C (41 to 113 F); recommended temperature (operating) 5 to 35 degrees C (41 to 95 F)

  • Relative humidity: 8% to 80%

  • Maximum wet bulb: (power off) 27 degrees C (80 F)

  • Operating voltage: 100 to 127 or 200 to 240 V ac (auto-ranging)

  • Operating frequency: 47/63 Hz

  • Power consumption: 625 watts (maximum configuration)

  • Thermal output: 2,133 Btu/hour (maximum configuration)

  • Power-source loading:
    • 0.658 kVA (maximum configuration)
    • Maximum altitude: 3,048 m (10,000 ft)

Sound Power

  • Rack-mount: 6.0 bels idle/6.1 bels operating

EMC Conformance Classification

This equipment is subject to FCC rules and shall comply with the appropriate FCC rules before final delivery to the buyer or centers of distribution.

  • U.S.: FCC Class A
  • Europe: CISPR 22 Class A
  • Japan: VCCI-A
  • Korea: Korean Requirement Class A
  • China: People's Republic of China commodity inspection law

Homologation Telecom Environmental Testing (Safety and EMC)

Homologation approval for specific countries has been initiated with the IBM Homologation and Type Approval (HT&A) organization in LaGaude. This System p5 model and applicable features meet the environmental testing requirements of the country Telecom and have been designed and tested in compliance with the Full Quality Assurance Approval(FQAA) process as delivered by the British Approval Board for Telecom (BABT), the U.K. Telecom regulatory authority.

Product safety/country testing/certification

  • UL 1950 Underwriters Laboratory, Safety Information

  • CSA C22.2 No. 950-M86

  • EN60950 European Norm

  • IEC 950, Edition 1, International Electrotechnical Commission, Safety Information

  • Nordic deviations to IEC-950 1st Edition, as outlined in document EMKO-TSE(05-SEC) 200/93

General requirements

The product is in compliance with IBM Corporate Bulletin C-B 0-2594-000 Statement of Conformity of IBM Product to External Standard (Suppliers Declaration).

Limitations

System

  • The system ports are similar to serial ports; however they are disabled when either HMC port is connected to an HMC. Either the HMC ports or the system ports can be used, but not both.

  • Even when no HMC is attached, integrated system ports will work properly only with modems, async terminals, and certain UPSs for which the manufacturer provides a special cable. Attachment of any other serial devices (including system-to-system connections for HACMP) requires a serial port adapter in a PCI slot.

Processor cards

  • Only one processor card may be installed in the system. Processor cards are soldered to the planar.

  • 1-core 1.9 GHz processor (#7654) requires that one entitlement be ordered. A maximum of one processor entitlement feature (1 x #7361, or 1 x #8761) is required and allowed per processor card.

  • 2-core 1.9 GHz processor (#7655) requires that two entitlements be ordered. A maximum of two processor entitlement features (2 x #7362, or 1 x #7362 and 1 x #8762) are required and allowed per processor card.

  • 1-core 2.1 GHz processor (#8283) requires that one entitlement be ordered. A maximum of one processor entitlement feature (1 x #7283, or 1 x #8483) is required and allowed per processor card.

  • 2-core 2.1 GHz processor (#8284) requires that two entitlements be ordered. A maximum of two processor entitlement features (2 x #7284, or 1 x #7284 and 1 x #8484) are required and allowed per processor card.

  • 4-core 1.5 GHz processor (#7656) requires that four entitlements be ordered. A maximum of four processor entitlement features (4 x #7376, or 2 x #7376 and 2 x #8876) are required and allowed per processor card.

  • 4-core 1.65 GHz processor (#8282) requires that four entitlements be ordered. A maximum of four processor entitlement features (4 x #7282, or 2 x #7282 and 2 x #8482) are required and allowed per processor card.

  • Each processor card contains 1.9 MB of Level 2 cache.

Power supply

  • The default power supply is an 700 Watt ac power supply (#7989), with a second available for redundancy.

Redundant power supply/Fans

  • Second optional ac (#7989) power supply
  • Redundant fans standard

System memory

  • A minimum 1 GB of memory is required
  • A maximum of 32 GB of system memory is allowed in the system
  • Memory feature numbers may be mixed within a system

Figure 1. Memory features

                     Feature     Minimum    Maximum
Feature              number      quantity   quantity
-------------------- -------     --------   --------
1024 MB DDR-2         1930          0          4
  (2 x 512 MB DIMMs)
 
2048 MB DDR-2         1931          0          4
  (2 x 1024 MB DIMMs)
 
4096 MB DDR-2         1932          0          4
  (2 x 2048 MB DIMMs)
 
8192 MB DDR-2         1934          0          4
  (2 x 4096 MB DIMMs)
 

PCI card slots

The p5-510 and p5-510Q have one 133 MHz, 64-bit PCI-X slot and two 266 MHz 64-bit PCI-X slots.

Graphics adapters

  • A graphics adapter, keyboard, and mouse are not required in the minimum configuration.

  • The maximum number of graphics adapters supported in the p5-510 and p5-510Q is two.

I/O adapters

  • Refer to Figure 2 for additional I/O adapter limitations.

  • Feature numbers 1981, 1982, 5718, and 5719 require that a minimum 2-way processor be installed in the system.

  • A maximum of one of feature number 1981, 1982, 5718, and 5719 is allowed in the system.

Note: When using feature numbers 1912, 1913, 5736, or 5737, system firmware lower than SF240_205 supports Single Data Rate (SDR) mode on the 9110-51A. Enablement of Double Data Rate (DDR) slots to run at DDR mode is planned to be available in an upcoming firmware enhancement. Firmware level SF240_205, or later, will enable DDR slots to run at DDR speeds. This firmware enhancement, when available, can be downloaded from the following URL:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2/download/html

Figure 2. I/O adapter features

                                      Orderable Supported
                                      Feature   Feature    Max
    I/O Adapter                       number    number     Qty   Size
    --------------------------------  --------- ---------  ---   -----
    PCI-X Dual-port 4x IB HCA         1820                  2    Short
    2-port USB PCI                    2738                  3    Short
    8-Port Asynchronous EIA-232       2943                  2    Short
    128-Port Asynchronous Controller             2944       2    Short
    2-Port Multiprotocol                         2962       2    Short
    Artic960 Hx 4-ports               2947                  2    Long
    4 Gb Single-Port Fibre Channel    1905       5758       3    Short
    Dual Channel SCSI Raid            1908                  1    Short
    4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel      1910       5759       3    Short
    IBM 4-Port 10/100/1000 Ethernet   1954       5740       3    Short
    Dual Channel Ultra320             1974                  3    Short
    Dual Channel Ultra320 RAID        1975                  3    Long
    Dual Channel Ultra320 RAID                   5703       3    Long
    GXT135P Graphics Accelerator      1980       2849       2    Short
    Gigabit Ethernet                  1978       5700       3    Short
    10/100/1000 Ethernet              1979       5701       3    Short
    2-port 10/100/1000 Ether.         1983       5706       3    Short
    2-port Gigabit Ethernet-SX        1984       5707       3    Short
    10/100 Mbps Ethernet                         1985       3    Short
    Dual Channel Ultra SCSI                      5712       3    Short
    2 Gb Fibre Channel PCI-X          1977       5716       3    Short
    10 Gigabit Ethernet - SR          1981       5718       1    Short
    10 Gigabit Ethernet - LR          1982       5719       1    Short
    PCI-X Ultra320 SCSI DDR           1912       5736       3    Short
    PCI-X Ultra320 SCSI RAID DDR      1913       5737       1    Long
    TOE Gigabit Etnernet (Copper)     1986       5713       2    Short
    TOE Gigabit Etnernet (Fiber )     1987       5714       2    Short
    10/100 Mbps Ethernet                         4962       3    Short
    Token-Ring PCI                    4959                  3    Short
    10 Gigabit Ehternet - SR DDR      5721                  1    Short
    10 Gigabit Ehternet - LR DDR      5722                  1    Short
    2-port Asynchronous EIA-232       5723                  2    Short
    2 Gigabit Fibre Channel           6239                  3    Short
    Quad Digital Trunk                6312                  2    Long
 

Storage devices/bays

  • The p5-510 and p5-510Q have four DASD bays. A 36/72 MB Internal Tape Drive (#1955, or follow-on) can be installed in two of the DASD bays.

  • The media bay can contain an optional DVD-ROM (#1903) or an optional DVD-RAM (#1900).

  • If SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later, or Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER Version 4, or later, is being installed in the system, either feature number 1900 or 1903, or follow-on, is required.

Figure 3. Storage device features

                                                     Orderable Supported
                                  Max                Feature   Feature
    Device                        Qty     Bay        number    number
    ----------------------------  ---     --------   --------- ---------
    DVD-ROM (IDE)                  1      Media 1    1903
 
    DVD-RAM (IDE)                  1      Media 1    1900
 
    36/72 GB 4 mm Internal Tape    1      DASD  2    1955
 
    36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320
    SCSI Disk, Hot-swap            4      DASD 1-4   1970      3277
 
    73.4 GB 10,000 RPM,            4      DASD 1-4   1968      3274
    Ultra320 SCSI Disk, Hot-swap
 
    73.4 GB 15,000 RPM             4      DASD 1-4   1971      3278
    Ultra320 SCSI Disk, Hot-swap
 
    146.8 GB 10,000 RPM,           4      DASD 1-4   1969      3275
    Ultra320 SCSI Disk, Hot-swap
 
    146.8 GB 15,000 RPM,           4      DASD 1-4   1972      3279
    Ultra320 SCSI Disk, Hot-swap
 
    300 GB 10,000 RPM,             4      DASD 1-4   1973      3578
    Ultra320 SCSI Disk, Hot-swap
 

Hardware requirements

System p5 510 and p5 510Q minimum system configuration

The p5-510 can be configured to incorporate one 1-core or 2-core 1.9 or 2.1 GHz processor, and the p5-510Q can be configured to incorporate one 4-core 1.5 or 1.65 GHz processor. Both systems may be configued with up to 32 GB of system memory, three PCI adapters, and a media device, as wanted.

This flexibility is made available through the many optional features for the model 510.

Each p5-510 or p5-510Q must include a minimum of the following items:

  • One system central electronics complex (CEC) enclosure with the following items:

    • One power cord (#6458, #6460, #6469-#6478, #6487, #6488, #6493-#6496, #6651, #6659, #6660, #6669, #6670, #6671, #6672, #6680, #6687)

    • One Language Group Specify (#9300 or #97xx)

  • One processor card, chosen from:
    • p5-510: 1-core 1.9 GHz, 36 MB L3 Cache (#7654)
    • p5-510: 2-core 1.9 GHz, 36 MB L3 Cache (#7655)
    • p5-510: 1-core 2.1 GHz, 36 MB L3 Cache (#8283)
    • p5-510: 2-core 2.1 GHz, 36 MB L3 Cache (#8284)
    • p5-510Q: 4-core 1.5 GHz, 2 x 36MB L3 Cache (#7656)
    • p5-510Q: 4-core 1.65 GHz, 2 x 36MB L3 Cache (#8282)

  • One or two processor entitlements:
    • 1 x #7361 or 1 x #8761 with processor card #7654
    • 1 x #7283 or 1 x #8483 with processor card #8283
    • 2 x #7362, or 1 x #7362 and 1 x #8762 for processor card #7655
    • 2 x #7284, or 1 x #7284 and 1 x #8484 for processor card #8284
    • 4 x #7376, or 2 x #7376 and 2 x #8876 for processor card #7656
    • 4 x #7282, or 2 x #7282 and 2 x #8482 for processor card #8282

      Note: Feature numbers 8482, 8483, 8484, 8761, 8762, and 8876 are part of the Express Product Offerings

  • Choose 1 GB minimum memory from:
    • 1024 MB Memory (2 x 512 MB DIMMs) (#1930)
    • 2048 MB Memory (2 x 1024 MB DIMMs) (#1931)
    • 4096 MB Memory (2 x 2048 MB DIMMs) (#1932)
    • 8192 MB Memory (2 x 4096 MB DIMMs) (#1934)

  • Choose disk drive from:
    • 36.4 GB Ultra320 15,000 RPM (#1970)
    • 73.4 GB Ultra320 10,000 RPM (#1968)
    • 73.4 GB Ultra320 15,000 RPM (#1971)
    • 146.8 GB Ultra320 10,000 RPM (#1969)
    • 146.8 GB Ultra320 15,000 RPM (#1972)
    • 300 GB Ultra320 10,000 RPM (#1973)

  • Power supply 700 watt, base (#7989)

  • IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware (#7195)

RAID

Install feature number 1908, the Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card. This will allow RAID 0, 1, 5, 10 capabilities within a single 4-pack of DASD.

Software requirements

If installing AIX on the system (one of these):

  • AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 with the 5200-08 Technology Level (APAR IY77270), or later
  • AIX 5L for POWER V5.3 with the 5300-04 Technology Level (APAR IY77273), or later
If installing Linux on the system (one of these):

  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later

  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER Version 3, or later

    Note: Not all p5-510 system features available on the AIX operating system are available on the Linux operating systems.

    Note: IDE DVD-ROM/DVD-RAM DLPAR operation is not supported by Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER.

Information on features and external devices supported by Linux on the p5-510 and p5-510Q can be found at:

http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/linux


Back to topBack to top
 
Publications

The following information is shipped with the 9110-51A. Additional copies are available. To order, contact your IBM representative.

                Title                                     Order Number
---------------------------------------------             ------------
IBM System Hardware Information Center CD-ROM              SK3T-8159
IBM eServer Safety Information                             G229-9054
Setup Instructions                                         SA41-5156
IBM Statement of Limited Warranty                          Z125-4753
IBM License Agreement for Machine Code                     Z125-5468
 

Hardware documentation such as installation instructions, user's information, and service information are available to download or view at:

https://publib.boulder.ibm.com/eserver

AIX documentation can be found at the pSeries and AIX Information Center at:

http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/pseries/index.jsp

The publications listed on the notification can be ordered by calling the Publication Support Group in Raleigh at 800-879-2755, option 1. The IBM Publications Center Portal:

http://www.ibm.com/shop/publications/order

The Publications Center is a worldwide central repository for IBM product publications and marketing material with a catalog of 70,000 items. Extensive search facilities are provided, as well as payment options via credit card. Furthermore, a large number of publications are available online in various file formats, which can currently be downloaded free of charge.
Back to topBack to top
 

Features
TOC Link Features - No charge TOC Link Features - Chargeable TOC Link Feature descriptions
TOC Link Feature exchanges


Features - No charge

  • Administrative
    • (#0983) - US TAA Compliance Indicator

  • Miscellaneous
    • (#9461) -Month Indicator
    • (#9462) -Day Indicator
    • (#9463) -Hour Indicator
    • (#9464) -Minute Indicator
    • (#9465) -Qty Indicator
    • (#9466) -Countable Member Indicator

  • Languages
    • (#9300) - Language Group Specify - US English
    • (#9700) - Language Group Specify - Dutch
    • (#9703) - Language Group Specify - French
    • (#9704) - Language Group Specify - German
    • (#9705) - Language Group Specify - Polish
    • (#9707) - Language Group Specify - Portuguese
    • (#9708) - Language Group Specify - Spanish
    • (#9711) - Language Group Specify - Italian
    • (#9712) - Language Group Specify - Canadian French
    • (#9714) - Language Group Specify - Japanese
    • (#9715) - Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)
    • (#9716) - Language Group Specify - Korean
    • (#9718) - Language Group Specify - Turkish
    • (#9719) - Language Group Specify - Hungarian
    • (#9720) - Language Group Specify - Slovakian
    • (#9721) - Language Group Specify - Russian
    • (#9722) - Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)
    • (#9724) - Language Group Specify - Czech
    • (#9725) - Language Group Specify -- Romanian
    • (#9727) - Language Group Specify -- Slovenian

  • Specify Codes
    • (#4651) - Rack Indicator, Rack #1
    • (#4652) - Rack Indicator, Rack #2
    • (#4653) - Rack Indicator, Rack #3
    • (#4654) - Rack Indicator, Rack #4
    • (#4655) - Rack Indicator, Rack #5
    • (#4656) - Rack Indicator, Rack #6
    • (#4657) - Rack Indicator, Rack #7
    • (#4658) - Rack Indicator, Rack #8
    • (#4659) - Rack Indicator, Rack #9
    • (#4660) - Rack Indicator, Rack #10
    • (#4661) - Rack Indicator, Rack #11
    • (#4662) - Rack Indicator, Rack #12
    • (#4663) - Rack Indicator, Rack #13
    • (#4664) - Rack Indicator, Rack #14
    • (#4665) - Rack Indicator, Rack #15
    • (#4666) - Rack Indicator, Rack #16
    • (#9169) - Order Routing Indicator - System Plant
    • (#9630) - Express Product Offering 91101M1
    • (#9631) - Express Product Offering 91101M2
    • (#9632) - Express Product Offering 91101M3

Features - Chargeable

Special Features - Initial Orders

  • Miscellaneous
    • (#0705) - Integrate with DR400 -- IBM TotalStorage Retention Solution
    • (#8230) - Memory Offering -- 16GB (Multiples of 4 of 2x2GB DIMMs)
    • (#8231) - Memory Offering -- 32GB/64GB/96GB/128GB (Multiples of 4 of 2x4GB DIMMs)

  • Processor
    • (#7654) - 1-way 1.9 GHz POWER5+ Processor Card, 36MB L3 Cache
    • (#7655) - 2-way 1.9 GHz POWER5+ Processor Card, 36MB L3 Cache
    • (#7656) - 4-way 1.5 GHz POWER5+ Processor Card, 36MB L3 Cache

  • Specify Codes
    • (#4650) - Rack Indicator- Not Factory Integrated

  • Editions
    • (#8025) - Oracle Solution Edition - 1-core 2.1GHz p5-510
    • (#8026) - Oracle Solution Edition - 2-core 2.1GHz p5-510

  • Planar
    • (#8282) - 4-core 1.65 GHz POWER5+ Processor Card, 2x36MB L3 Cache
    • (#8283) - 1-core 2.1 GHz POWER5+ Processor Card, 36MB L3 Cache
    • (#8284) - 2-core 2.1 GHz POWER5+ Processor Card, 36MB L3 Cache

Special Features - Plant and/or Field Installable

  • Adapters
    • (#1820) - PCI-X Dual-port 4x IB HCA
    • (#1908) - Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card
    • (#1905) - 4 Gb Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#1910) - 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#1912) - PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
    • (#1913) - PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter
    • (#1954) - 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter
    • (#1974) - PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
    • (#1975) - PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter
    • (#1977) - 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
    • (#1978) - IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
    • (#1979) - IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
    • (#1980) - POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support
    • (#1981) - 10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter
    • (#1982) - IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter
    • (#1983) - IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
    • (#1984) - IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
    • (#1985) - 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II
    • (#1986) - 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter
    • (#1987) - 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter
    • (#2738) - 2-Port USB PCI Adapter
    • (#2849) - POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support
    • (#2943) - 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus
    • (#2944) - 128-Port Asynchronous Controller, PCI bus
    • (#2947) - IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
    • (#2962) - 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
    • (#4764) - PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4)
    • (#4959) - IBM Token-Ring PCI Adapter
    • (#4962) - 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II
    • (#5700) - IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5701) - IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5703) - PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter
    • (#5706) - IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5707) - IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5712) - PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
    • (#5713) - 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter
    • (#5714) - 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter
    • (#5716) - 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5718) - 10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5719) - IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5721) - 10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#5722) - 10 Gb Ethernet-LR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#5723) - 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter
    • (#5736) - PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
    • (#5737) - PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter
    • (#5740) - 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5758) - 4 Gb Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#5759) - 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#6230) - Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter
    • (#6231) - 128 MByte DRAM Option Card
    • (#6235) - 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card
    • (#6239) - 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
    • (#6312) - Quad Digital Trunk Telephony PCI Adapter

  • Cable
    • (#1835) - 3-meter 4x IB Cable
    • (#1836) - 8-meter 4x IB Cable
    • (#1839) - 1.5 meter 4x IB Cable
    • (#2114) - PCI SCSI Adapter 16-Bit Differential External Y Cable
    • (#2118) - Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M
    • (#2425) - 2.5M 16-bit SCSI-2 System-to-System Cable
    • (#2456) - LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
    • (#2459) - LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
    • (#2861) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-232 Cable
    • (#2863) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port X.21 Cable
    • (#2864) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port V.35 (DTE) Cable
    • (#2877) - IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, H.100, 4-Drop Cable
    • (#2934) - Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232
    • (#2936) - Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24
    • (#2951) - Cable, V.24 / EIA-232
    • (#2952) - Cable, V.35
    • (#2953) - Cable, V.36 / EIA-499
    • (#2954) - Cable, X.21
    • (#3124) - Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer
    • (#3125) - Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack
    • (#3925) - Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin
    • (#3926) - Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M
    • (#3927) - Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M
    • (#3928) - Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M
    • (#4242) - 6-Foot Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell to 15-pin D-shell)
    • (#4256) - Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 2M
    • (#4691) - Rack Status Beacon Cable, Junction Box to Drawer or Status Beacon
    • (#4692) - Rack Status Beacon Cable, Junction Box Daisy Chain
    • (#7801) - Ethernet Cable, 6M, Hardware Management Console to System Unit
    • (#7802) - Ethernet Cable, 15M, Hardware Management Console to System Unit
    • (#8131) - 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 4.5 Meter
    • (#8132) - 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 23cm (9-Inch)
    • (#8133) - RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable

  • Disk
    • (#1968) - 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#1969) - 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#1970) - 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#1971) - 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#1972) - 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#1973) - 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3274) - 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3275) - 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3277) - 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3278) - 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3279) - 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3578) - 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3585) - 300 GB 15K RPM SCSI Disk Drive
    • (#6598) - Disk Slot Fillers (Quantity 4)

  • Display
    • (#3636) - L200P Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3637) - IBM T541H /L150p 15" TFT Color Monitor
    • (#3638) - IBM C220p 21-inch Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable
    • (#3640) - ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3641) - IBM T115 Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3642) - ThinkVision L191p Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3643) - IBM T120 Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3644) - IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3645) - IBM T117 Flat Panel Monitor

  • Keyboards
    • (#5951) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P
    • (#5952) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, French, #189
    • (#5953) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142
    • (#5954) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129
    • (#5955) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P
    • (#5956) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172
    • (#5957) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194
    • (#5958) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275
    • (#5959) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208
    • (#5960) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413
    • (#5961) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467
    • (#5962) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445
    • (#5963) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Canadian French, #058
    • (#5964) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/French, #120
    • (#5965) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
    • (#5966) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159
    • (#5967) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442
    • (#5968) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/ German, #150
    • (#5969) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155
    • (#5970) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143
    • (#5971) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163
    • (#5972) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319
    • (#5973) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212
    • (#5974) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214
    • (#5975) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245
    • (#5976) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243
    • (#5977) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179
    • (#5978) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171
    • (#5979) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253
    • (#5980) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191
    • (#5981) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443
    • (#5982) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234
    • (#5983) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, US English International, #103P
    • (#8800) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English, #103P
    • (#8801) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French, #189
    • (#8802) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Italian, #142
    • (#8803) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, German/Austrian, #129
    • (#8804) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, UK English, #166
    • (#8805) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Spanish, #172
    • (#8806) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Japanese, #194
    • (#8807) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Brazilian/Portuguese, #275
    • (#8808) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Canadian French, #058
    • (#8810) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Belgian/Dutch, #120
    • (#8811) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Swedish/Finnish, #153
    • (#8812) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Danish, #159
    • (#8813) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Bulgarian, #442
    • (#8814) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Swiss/French/German, #150F/G
    • (#8816) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Norwegian, #155
    • (#8818) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Portuguese, #163
    • (#8819) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Greek, #319
    • (#8820) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hebrew, #212
    • (#8821) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hungarian, #208
    • (#8823) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Polish, #214
    • (#8825) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Slovakian, #245
    • (#8826) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Czech, #243
    • (#8827) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Turkish, #179
    • (#8829) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, LA Spanish, #171
    • (#8830) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Arabic, #238
    • (#8833) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Korean, #413
    • (#8834) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Chinese/US, #467
    • (#8835) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French Canadian, #445
    • (#8836) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Thai, #191
    • (#8838) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Russian, #443
    • (#8839) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Yugoslavian/Latin, #105
    • (#8840) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English (EMEA), #103P

  • Linecords
    • (#6458) - Power Cable -- Drawer to IBM PDU, 14-foot, 250V/10A
    • (#6460) - Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A), Plug Type #4
    • (#6469) - Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A), United States, Plug Type #5
    • (#6470) - Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A), Plug Type #4
    • (#6471) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A), Plug Type #70
    • (#6472) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #18
    • (#6473) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type 19
    • (#6474) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 13A), Plug Type #23
    • (#6475) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #32
    • (#6476) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #24
    • (#6477) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #22
    • (#6478) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #25
    • (#6479) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #6
    • (#6487) - Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall, (250V, 15A), United States, Plug Type #5
    • (#6488) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A or 250V, 10A ), Plug Type #2
    • (#6493) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #62
    • (#6494) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #69
    • (#6495) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #73
    • (#6496) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #66
    • (#6651) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A), Plug Type #75
    • (#6659) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A), Plug Type #76
    • (#6660) - Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer To OEM PDU, (125V, 15A), Plug Type #59 (DENAN marking)
    • (#6665) - Power Cord 3 M (10 ft), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
    • (#6669) - Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A), Plug Type #57 (DENAN marking)
    • (#6670) - Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A), Plug Type #59 (DENAN marking)
    • (#6671) - Power Cord (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
    • (#6672) -Power Cord 2M (6.5-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
    • (#6680) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #6, Insulated
    • (#6687) - Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall, (250V, 15A), Plug Type #57 (DENAN marking)

  • Media Devices
    • (#1900) -4.7 GB IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
    • (#1903) -IDE Slimline DVD-ROM Drive
    • (#1955) -36/72 GB 4mm Internal Tape Drive
    • (#2591) - External USB 1.44 MB Diskette Drive

  • Memory
    • (#1930) - 1024MB (2x512MB) DIMMs, 276-PIN, 533 MHz DDR-2 SDRAM
    • (#1931) - 2048MB (2x1024MB) DIMMs, 276-PIN, 533 MHz DDR-2 SDRAM
    • (#1932) - 4096MB (2x2048MB) DIMMs, 276-PIN, 533 MHz DDR-2 SDRAM
    • (#1934) - 8192MB (2x4096MB) DIMMs, 276-PIN, 533 MHz DDR-2 SDRAM

  • Miscellaneous
    • (#0050) - IBM Express Seller Indicator
    • (#3752) - Service Package
    • (#7432) - Advanced POWER Virtualization
    • (#8841) - Mouse - USB, Business Black with Keyboard Attachment Cable

  • Pointing Device
    • (#8845) -USB Mouse

  • Power
    • (#7989) - Power Supply, 700 Watt AC, Hot-swap, Base or Redundant

  • Processor
    • (#7282) -One Processor Entitlement for Processor Feature #8282
    • (#7283) -One Processor Entitlement for Processor Feature #8283
    • (#7284) -One Processor Entitlement for Processor Feature #8284
    • (#7361) - One Processor Entitlement for Processor Feature #7654
    • (#7362) - One Processor Entitlement for Processor Feature #7655
    • (#7376) - One Processor Entitlement for Processor Feature #7656
    • (#8482) -Zero-priced Express Product Offering Processor Entitlement for #8282
    • (#8483) -Zero-priced Express Product Offering Processor Entitlement for #8283
    • (#8484) -Zero-priced Express Product Offering Processor Entitlement for #8284
    • (#8761) - Zero-priced Express Product Offering Entitlement for #7654
    • (#8762) - Zero-priced Express Product Offering Processor Entitlement for #7655
    • (#8876) - Zero-priced Express Product Offering Processor Entitlement for #7656

  • Rack Related
    • (#7166) - IBM/OEM Rack-mount Drawer Rail Kit
    • (#7195) - IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
    • (#7999) - OEM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware

  • Specify Codes
    • (#0265) - AIX Partition Specify
    • (#0266) - Linux Partition Specify
    • (#0275) -CSC Specify

Feature descriptions

The following is a list of all feature codes in numeric order for the IBM System p5 9110 machine type.

Attributes, as defined in the following feature descriptions, state the interaction of requirements among features.

Minimums and maximums are the absolute limits for a single feature without regard to interaction with other features. The maximum valid quantity for MES orders may be different than for initial orders. The maximums listed below refer to the largest quantity of these two possibilities.

The order type defines if a feature is orderable only on initial orders, only on MES orders, on both initial and MES orders, or if a feature is supported on a model due to a model conversion. Supported features cannot be ordered on the converted model, only left on or removed from the converted model.

(#0050) IBM Express Seller Indicator

This feature is a no-charge feature used for administrative purposes by IBM and IBM Business Partners.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#0050)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0265) AIX Partition Specify

This feature number is used to indicate the number of partitions the system will have running under AIX.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#0265)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 40 (Initial order maximum: 40)
    • OS level required: AIX V5.2 or AIX V5.3, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0266) Linux Partition Specify

This feature number is used to indicate the number of partitions the system will have running under Linux.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#0266)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 40 (Initial order maximum: 40)
    • OS level required: SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER , or later, or Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER Version 3, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0275) - CSC Specify

(No Longer Available as of October 12, 2010)

Having #0275 on the order, will cause the order content to be internally routed to the CSC build area in building 114 (Rochester).

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#0275)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1PO (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0705) Integrate with DR400 IBM TotalStorage Retention Solution

(No longer available as of July 11, 2008)

This feature specifies that this machine type/model will be integrated ino the IBM TotalStorage Data Retention Solution, DR400. Orders with this feature will be routed to IBM Rochester manufacturing for fulfillment and integration.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#0705)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0983) - US TAA Compliance Indicator

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

This feature indicates that the product was assembled in a manufacturing plant in the USA or in a country approved under the US Trade Agreement Act.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#0983)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1820) PCI-X Dual-port 4x IB HCA

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

The #1820, PCI-X Dual-port 4x InfiniBand Host Channel Adapter, provides attachment to the Topspin Server Switch models 120 and 270. Connection to the Topspin Server Switches are accomplished by using the 4x IB Cables.

  • Attributes provided: 2 ports of 4x IB to attach to the Topspin Server Switch models 120 and 270
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#1820)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1835) 3-meter 4x IB Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

This 3-meter 4x IB cable is utilized for InfiniBand applications.

  • Attributes provided: 3-meter 4x IB cable
  • Attributes required: 4x IB port
  • For 9110-51A: (#1835)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1836) 8-meter 4x IB Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

This 8-meter 4x IB cable is utilized for InfiniBand applications.

  • Attributes provided: 8-meter 4x IB cable
  • Attributes required: 4x IB port
  • For 9110-51A: (#1836)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1839) 1.5 meter 4x IB Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

This 1.5 meter 4x IB cable is utilized for InfiniBand applications.

  • Attributes provided: 1.5 meter 4x IB cable
  • Attributes required: 4x IB port
  • For 9110-51A: (#1839)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1900) - 4.7 GB IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive

(No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

The IBM 4.7 GB IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive is an internal tray loading, multifunction storage device capable of reading and writing 4.7GB DVD-RAM discs as well as reading a multitude of other optical media discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs. It is a 12.7mm high Slimline form factor, multi-session capable, DVD-RAM drive which provides state of the art performance. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics:

  • Media Data Transfer Rate: 3600KB/sec CD-ROM (24X) max @ outer diameter; 10.8MB/sec read (8X DVD-ROM); 2.7MB/sec write (2X DVD-RAM) and 2.7MB/sec read (2X DVD-RAM)

  • Interface: Parallel IDE

  • Average Random Access Time: 150ms CD-ROM; 180ms DVD-ROM; 229ms DVD-RAM

  • Buffer Memory: 2MB

  • High-speed burst rate of 16/16/33 MB/second for PIO / MDMA / UDMA transfers respectively

  • Loading tray accommodates both 8cm discs and 12cm discs.

  • Operates in either vertical or horizontal position

  • Reads multi-session discs

  • Reads CD-ROM, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM, & DVD-RAM discs.

  • Reads 2.6GB DVD-RAM media; reads and writes 4.7GB and 9.4GB double sided) DVD-RAM media

  • Supports all major CD-ROM formats including Mode 1, Mode 2, XA, CDDA and audio

Limitations:

  • DVD video is not supported.
  • Drive only reads CD-type formatted media with AIX 5.1.
  • Attributes provided: One 4.7GB IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
  • Attributes required: One IDE 12.7mm high media bay
  • For 9110-51A: (#1900)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1903) - IDE Slimline DVD-ROM Drive

(No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

The 8X/24X(max) Slimline IDE DVD-ROM Drive is an internal tray loading DVD-ROM drive providing up to 3600KB/sec (CD-ROM) and 10.3MB/sec (DVD-ROM) data transfer rates. It is a 12.7mm Slimline form factor multi-session capable, DVD-ROM drive which provides state of the art performance and supports existing 650MB CD-ROM, 4.7 GB DVD-ROM, and 9.4 GB DVD-ROM (double-sided) discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs at DVD-ROM speeds. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics:

  • Media Data Transfer Rate: CD-ROM=3600 KB/sec (max): DVD-ROM=10.3MB/sec (max)
  • Interface: IDE/ATAPI
  • Avg. Random Access Time: CD-ROM=95ms(typical); DVD-ROM=150ms(typical)
  • Buffer Memory: 256KB
  • Media capacity: CD-ROM=650MB; DVD-ROM= 4.7 GB(single sided); 9.4 GB(double-sided)
  • Multisession capable (Reads CD/R & CD-R/W media)
  • 12.7mm Slimline form factor
  • Operates in either vertical or horizontal positions
  • Interface supports standard and extended XA formats
  • Loading tray supports 12cm and 8cm disks

Limitations:

  • DVD video is not supported.
  • DVD-ROM only reads CD-type formatted media with AIX 5.1.
  • Attributes provided: 8X/24X(max) IDE DVD-ROM Drive
  • Attributes required: 1 Slimline media bay
  • For 9110-51A: (#1903)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1905) - 4 Gb Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one for performance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may be limited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize High Bandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximum quantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-end network cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is more important than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximum quantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity.

  • Connectivity Maximum: (3)
  • Performance Maximum: (1)

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X 1.0 / 2.0 slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#1905)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-08 Technology Level (APAR IY77270) plus APAR IY83649 and IY83172, or later Technology Level. AIX 5L Version 5.3 with the 5300-04 Technology Level (APAR IY77273) plus APAR IY83730 and IY83163, or later Technology Level. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
             http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
             hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: The minimum system firmware level required is SF240_205. Double Data Rate (DDR) mode is supported.

    System firmware can be downloaded from

    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2/download.html

(#1908) Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card

(No Longer Available as of August 28, 2009)

The Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card (#1908) is a bootable high performance SCSI RAID Enablement feature providing RAID 0,5, or 10 capability to select pSeries systems with the appropriate supporting integrated SCSI adapter and internal multiple disk drives or packs of drives.

To increase the data writing performance, a 40 MByte nonvolatile fast-write cache is provided as a resident part of this feature. The 40 MByte fast-write cache can provide an improvement in data throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SCSI RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters.

When an array configuration is selected with the RAID Manager, the disk drives being designated as part of the array are required to be formatted to 522 byte sectors. A menu option is provided in the AIX supporting software which will reformat these disk drives prior to their usage in an array. Conversely, when a disk drive is removed from an array, a similar menu option is also provided to re-format them back to 512 byte sectors.

Note: Some disk drives require that their microcode be updated to the latest level before being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors. Also, there are some disk drives which do not support being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors. The PCI-X SCSI Disk Array Manager will inform the user of these known situations when they exist. For disk microcode updates, go to the following Web page URL:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/

Limitation: Even though the supporting integrated adapter with the Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.

  • Attributes provided: Internal disk drives can be configured as an array.
  • Attributes required: System with supporting integrated SCSI adapter and disk drives.
  • For 9110-51A: (#1908)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1910) - 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

The 4 Gigabit Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Between the adapter and an attaching device or switch, the distances supported are up to: 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 150 meters running at 4 Gbps data rate. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one for performance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may be limited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize High Bandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximum quantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-end network cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is more important than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximum quantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity.

  • Connectivity Maximum: (3)
  • Performance Maximum: (1)

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

Note: Please carefully consider the usage of this card. If placed in a PCI-X slot rated as SDR compatible and/or has the slot speed of 133 MHz, the AIX value of the max_xfer_size must be kept at the default setting of 0x100000 (1 megabyte) when both ports are in use. The architecture of the DMA buffer for these slots does not accommodate larger max_xfer_size settings.

  • Attributes provided: 2 Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X 2.0 slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#1910)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-08 Technology Level (APAR IY77270) plus APAR IY83649 and IY83172, or later Technology Level. AIX 5L Version 5.3 with the 5300-04 Technology Level (APAR IY77273) plus APAR IY83730 and IY83163, or later Technology Level. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
             http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
             hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: The minimum system firmware level required is SF240_205. Double Data Rate (DDR) mode is supported.

    System firmware can be downloaded from

    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2/download.html

(#1912) PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

The PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#1912) is a 64-bit 3.3-volt adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter provides two SCSI channels (busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.). Each SCSI bus can either be internal (on systems that support internal SCSI device or backplane attachments) or external. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To utilize the 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices; however, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

Two VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A .3-meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter.

Two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#1912) is a native boot adapter with AIX 5L for POWER Version 5.2 with the 5200-07 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY67914) or AIX 5L for POWER Version 5.3 with the 5300-03 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY71011) or later software in a supported pSeries or RS/6000 systems. The adapter also supports target mode.

Limitations:

  • The two external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 105.
  • Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI nonRAID Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.

Minimum System Firmware Required

System firmware level required is SF235_185 or greater. Firmware level SF235_185 adjusts the PCI slots to run in Single Data Rate (SDR) mode. Enablement of Double Data Rate (DDR)slots to run at DDR mode is planned to be provided in an upcoming firmware enhancement.

For Double Data Rate (DDR), check for firmware upgrade at URL:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2/
download.html
 

Running the adapter on a system with firmware level lower than SF235_185 is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal SCSI devices (on systems that support an internal SCSI device or backplane attachment with this adapter) and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One available 3.3 volt PCI or PCI-X slot or PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#1912)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1913) PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter

(No Longer Available as of August 28, 2009)

The PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID LVD only Adapter (#1913) is a 64-bit 3.3 volt, bootable high performance Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter providing RAID 0, 5, 6, or 10 capability, and can address up to thirty 16-bit SCSI physical disk drives on two independent SCSI buses.

To increase the data writing performance, a 90 MByte non-volatile fast-write cache is a resident part of this adapter. The 90 MByte fast-write cache can provide a significant improvement in data throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SCSI RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters.

The Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter has two independent ultra320 SCSI buses. There are two internal ports and two external ports. The two internal ports are shared with the two external ports. The SCSI busses can drive either an internal port or an external port. The internal ports can be used to provide an internal RAID solution on certain supporting pSeries systems with internal multiple disk drives or packs of drives. Internally attached Ultra320 devices designed to run at 320 MB can run up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. All attaching devices should be Ultra320 LVD devices to utilize the 320 MB per second performance, however, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. This card does not support single-ended (SE) devices.

When an array configuration is selected with the RAID Manager, the disk drives being designated as part of the array (attached to either the internal or the external ports) are required to be formatted to 522-byte sectors. 522-byte sectors provide additional CRC error checking for improved data integrity. A menu option provide in the AIX supporting software, which will reformat these disk drives prior to their usage in an array. Conversely, when a disk drive is removed from an array, a similar menu option is also provided to re-format them back to 512-byte sectors.

Note: Some disk drives require that their microcode be updated to the latest level before being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors. In addition, there are some disk drives, which do not support 522 Byte Sectors format. The PCI-X SCSI Disk Array Manager will inform the user of these known situations when they exist. For disk microcode updates, go to the following Web page URL: http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/

Two VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD external subsystems.

Limitations:

  • Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.

Minimum System Firmware Required:

System firmware level required is SF235_185 or greater. Firmware level SF235_185 adjusts the PCI slots to run in Single Data Rate (SDR) mode. Enablement of Double Data Rate (DDR)slots to run at DDR mode is planned to be provided in an upcoming firmware enhancement.

For Double Data Rate (DDR), check for firmware upgrade at URL:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2/
download.html
 

Running the adapter on a system with firmware level lower than SF235_185 is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One PCI or PCI-X DDR bus slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#1913)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1930) 1024MB (2x512MB) DIMMs, 276-PIN, 533 MHz DDR-2 SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

Provides 1024MB of system memory with 2 512MB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 1024MB of system memory.
  • Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM positions
  • For 9110-51A: (#1930)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1931) 2048MB (2x1024MB) DIMMs, 276-PIN, 533 MHz DDR-2 SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

Provides 2048MB of system memory with 2 1024MB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 2048MB of system memory.
  • Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM positions.
  • For 9110-51A: (#1931)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1932) 4096MB (2x2048MB) DIMMs, 276-PIN, 533 MHz DDR-2 SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

Provides 4096MB of system memory with 2 2048MB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 4096MB of system memory.
  • Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM positions.
  • For 9110-51A: (#1932)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1934) 8192MB (2x4096MB) DIMMs, 276-PIN, 533 MHz DDR-2 SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

Provides 8192MB of system memory with 2 4096MB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 8192MB of system memory.
  • Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM positions.
  • For 9110-51A: (#1934)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1954) 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base -TX PCI-X adapter is a full height PCI-X 1.0a Ethernet adapter which supports four Gigabit ports on a single adapter, delivers increased bandwidth for slot-constrained servers, and is designed to provide high connectivity and reliability using two integrated, dual-port Gigabit Ethernet controllers.

  • Four RJ-45 ports
  • 3.3 volts, 64-bit 133 MHz with 64-bit Bus Mastering on the PCI-X bus
  • IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T compliant
  • IEEE 802.3u 100Base-T compliant
  • IEEE 802.3 10Base-T compliant
  • 802.1q VLAN tagging
  • Interrupt Moderation
  • TCP Segmentation offload and encapsulation in hardware
  • Checksum offloading of IP, TCP, and UDP frame
  • Increased connectivity while significantly reducing CPU utilization
  • Two LED adapter status indicators per port for link activity and speed
  • NIM is supported on all 4 ports
  • RoHS compliant

Limit Full bandwidth performance may not be achieved with more than one adapter per PCI Host Bridge (PHB) or more than one CPU.

  • Attributes provided: Four 10/100/1000 RJ-45 ports
  • Attributes required: One available PCI-X card slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#1954)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1955) - 36/72 GB 4mm Internal Tape Drive

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

The 36/72 GB 4mm Internal Tape Drive is a 3.5-inch, half-high, Low Voltage Differential(LVD) auto-docking 16-bit tape drive for save/restore and archive functions. This tape drive uses IBM 4mm data cartridges and is compression capable, providing a capacity of up to 72 GB.

Characteristics

  • Capacity: 36 GB native mode, 72 GB (typical) compression mode
  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch half high
  • Media: Supports DDS3, DDS4 and DAT72 media
  • Technology: Helical scan, rotating head
  • Operation: Streaming
  • Data Transfer Rate: 3MBps native mode, 6MBps (typical) compression
  • Interface: SCSI-2 (LVD)asynchronous/synchronous
  • Boot Device: yes
  • Compatibility: DDS3 - 12 GB native mode(Read/Write), 24 GB compression (Read/Write), DDS4 - 20 GB native mode(Read/Write), 40 GB compression (Read/Write), DAT72 - 36 GB native mode(Read/Write), 72 GB compression (Read/ Write).
  • Attributes provided: 4mm tape capability
  • Attributes required: Two DASD bays
  • For 9110-51A: (#1955)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux: http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/ hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1968) 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2007)

The 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.82 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 9110-51A: (#1968)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1969) 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2007)

The 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.94 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 9110-51A: (#1969)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1970) 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of February 23, 2007)

The 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 36.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 83 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 36.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 9110-51A: (#1970)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1971) 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of January 30, 2009)

The 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 83 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 9110-51A: (#1971)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1972) 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

The 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 107 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 9110-51A: (#1972)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1973) 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

The 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 300 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.9 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 88 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 300 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 9110-51A: (#1973)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1974) PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5712) is a 64-bit 3.3 volt adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter provides two SCSI channels (busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.), up to twice the maximum data transfer rate of the previous Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI adapter (160 MBps). Each SCSI bus can either be internal (on systems that support internal SCSI device or backplane attachments) or external. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and also maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To fully utilize this 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices. But, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

Two industry standard VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A .3-meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter.

The two external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DS4 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TS4 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 320 MB/s SCSI bus data rate. The two external ports also provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DU3 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TU3 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 160 MB/s SCSI bus data rate and to an IBM 2104-DL1 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TL1 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 80 MB/s SCSI bus data rate. Also the two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5712) is a native boot adapter with AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2 software in a supported pSeries or RS/6000 systems. The adapter also supports target mode.

Limitations:

  • The two external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 105.

  • Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.

  • Disk drives internal to the pSeries system shipped prior to September 1, 2003 require a disk drive microcode update to run at Ultra320 speed. To obtain the appropriate microcode update, go to the following Web page URL:

    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal SCSI devices (on systems that support an internal SCSI device or backplane attachment with this adapter) and external SCSI devices

  • Attributes required: One available 3.3 volt PCI or PCI-X slot

  • For 9110-51A: (#1974)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1975) PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2007)

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter (#5703) is a 64-bit 3.3 volt, bootable high performance Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter providing RAID 0,5, or 10 capability and can address up to thirty 16-bit SCSI physical disk drives on two independent SCSI buses.

To increase the data writing performance, a 40 MByte non-volitile fast-write cache is provided as a resident part of this adapter. The 40 MByte fast-write cache can provide a significant improvement in data throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SCSI RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters.

The Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter has two independent ultra320 SCSI buses. There are two internal ports and two external ports. The two internal ports are shared with the two external ports. The SCSI busses can drive either an internal port or an external port. The internal ports can be used to provide an internal RAID solution on certain supporting pSeries systems with internal multiple disk drives or packs of drives. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and also maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To fully utilize this 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices. But, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

When an array configuration is selected with the RAID Manager, the disk drives being designated as part of the array (attached to either the internal or external ports) are required to be formatted to 522 byte sectors. 522 byte sectors provide additional CRC error checking for improved data integrety. A menu option is provided in the AIX supporting software which will reformat these disk drives prior to their usage in an array. Conversely, when a disk drive is removed from an array, a similar menu option is also provided to re-format them back to 512 byte sectors.

Note: Some disk drives require that their microcode be updated to the latest level before being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors. Also, there are some disk drives which do not support being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors. The PCI-X SCSI Disk Array Manager will inform the user of these known situations when they exist. For disk microcode updates, go to the following Web page URL:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/

Two industry standard VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A .3-meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter.

The two external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DS4 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TS4 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 320 MB/s SCSI bus data rate configured as either a non-array or an array of disks Also the two external ports provide non-array connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

Limitations:

  • The two external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DU3 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TU3 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 160 MB/s SCSI bus data rate as well as connectivity to an IBM 2104-DL1 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TL1 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 80 MB/s SCSI bus data rate, but is limited to only non-array configuration support.

  • The two external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 105.

  • Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.

  • Disk drives internal to the pSeries system shipped prior to September 1, 2003 require a disk drive microcode update to run at Ultra320 speed. To obtain the appropriate microcode update, go to the following Web page URL:

    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal and external SCSI devices

  • Attributes required: One PCI or PCI-X bus slot

  • For 9110-51A: (#1975)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1977) 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 27, 2007)

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high speed local and remote located storage. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate (either 1 Gbps or 2 Gbps) of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gps or 2 Gps data rates.

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber onnector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel/FC-AL interface
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#1977)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1978) IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

The IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter provides a 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connection with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable which conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.

Note: The IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#1978) incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: One full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connection to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN.
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#1978)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1979) IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

The IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full Duplex Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via the PCI-X bus and connects to the network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

Note: For optimum performance, adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: One full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connection to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN.
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#1979)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1980) POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

The POWER GXT135P is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator for RS/6000 workstations and pSeries servers. It can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes. This adapter supports both analog and digital monitors. Its predecessor, Feature Number 2848, supported only analog monitors.

  • Hardware Description
    • 128-bit graphics processor
    • 8-bit CLUT or 24-bit true color
    • 16 MB SDRAM
    • 32-bit PCI interface
    • Universal PCI (5.0v or 3.3v)
    • 1 hardware color map

  • Features Supported
    • Up to approximately 16.7 million colors
    • Rectangular clipping
    • 2 analog monitor outputs at up to 1280 x 1024 resolution
    • 1 analog monitor output at up to 2048 x 1536 resolution
    • 1 digital monitor output at up to 1600 x 1200 resolution
    • 60 to 85 Hz refresh rates (ISO 9241, Part 3)

  • APIs Supported
    • X-Windows and Motif
    • UMS 2.3.0 (no hardware scaling)

  • Software Requirements: AIX Versions 5.1 or 5.2 (analog or digital support),or later, or AIX 4.3 (analog support only)
  • Attributes provided: 2D Graphics
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#1980)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1981) 10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

Provides 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X based server connections. Supports distances of up to 33m using 62.5 um multimode fiber or 300m using 50 um multimode fiber with 2000MHz km minimum model bandwith at 850 nm. Adapter connector type is LC.

  • Attributes provided: Provides highend bandwith for networking
  • Attributes required: Supported on PCI-X slots only
  • For 9110-51A: (#1981)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1982) IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

Offers 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X based server connections over a maximum of 10 kilometers of 1310nm single-mode fiber optic cable. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard. The adapter requires 9um single-mode fiber optic cables and uses a SC connector type for connecting into net-work infrastructure components like 10 Gigabit Ethernet switch/router with SC connectors.

  • Attributes provided: 10 Gigabit Ethernet connections
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#1982)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1983) IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full Duplex, dual ported, Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run each port at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCI or PCI-X bus and connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#1983) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, refer to the RS/6000 & pSeries PCI Adapter Placement Reference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#1979) is the preferred solution.

Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connections to Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#1983)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1984) IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter provides two 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connections with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable that conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5707) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, refer to the RS/6000 & pSeries PCI Adapter Placement Reference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5700) is the preferred solution.

Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.

Note: The 2-Port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connections to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#1984)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1985) 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II

The 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II is a small form factor, single port PCI ethernet adapter. This high performance, low power ethernet 10/100Mbps LAN adapter can be used in both client and server PCI systems. The 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II provides both 10Base-T and 100Base-TX full duplex ethernet LAN connectivity. The adapter supports Category-5 unshielded twisted pair cabling for both 10/100 Mbps and Category-3 unshielded twisted pair cabling for 10 Mbps. The 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II supports:

  • Half / Full Duplex 10/100 Mbps Ethernet interface
  • 10/100 Mbps data rates
  • Auto-negotiation for 10/100 speed and half/full duplex
  • Network boot capability and Network Install Manager (NIM)
  • IEEE 802.3 Ethernet Specification
  • IEEE 802.3u Fast Ethernet Specification

After 4/26/02, the 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II supports the off-load of IP Security cryptographic algorithms by providing hardware assistance in performing data encryption and authentication. This support is provided with AIX 5.1 (with appropriate software updates)and later software. This IP Security function, normally performed with encryption software by the host, is off-loaded to this adapter to enhance network traffic throughput and reduce CPU utilization. If you are running with AIX 5.1, to invoke the IP Security function on the adapter, you must obtain AIX 5.1 software updates IY27069 and IY26514 or the 5100-02 Recommended Maintenance package. These updates can be obtained by ordering APAR IY28102, or by ordering the AIX 5.1 Update CD (LCD4-1103-03) dated 4/2002 or later.

Note: This IP Security function is not supported with AIX 4.3 software.

An additional function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also available. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also available. Both these functions are available with AIX version 5.1 with APAR IY38248 or later software, or AIX version 5.2 with APAR IY38492 or later software.

  • Attributes provided: One 10/100 Mbps Ethernet port (connector)
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#1985)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1986) 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

The 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands and data into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. The adapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offload function eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts. Adapter uses RJ45 Gigabit Ethernet connector.

  • Attributes provided: Offload of host protocol processing
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X Slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#1986)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1987) 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter

(No Longer Available as of November 28, 2008)

The 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands and data into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. The adapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offload function eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts. Adapter uses Small form factor LC type fiber optic connector.

  • Attributes provided: Offload of host protocol processing
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X Slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#1987)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2114) PCI SCSI Adapter 16-Bit Differential External Y Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of multiple hosts to the PCI SCSI-2 differential adapter
  • Attributes required: 1 external SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#2114)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2118) Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

0.3M 16-bit SCSI cable used to convert from a Mini-68 pin VHDCI connector to a 68-pin P style connector. Cable has male Mini-68 pin VHDCI connector on one end and a female 68 pin P style connector on the other. Length = 0.3-meters.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of supported external sub-system to integrated SCSI port or SCSI adapter with VHDCI Mini-68 pin connector.
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#2118)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2425) 2.5M 16-bit SCSI-2 System-to-System Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

This cable provides a 16-bit connection between any two differential or single ended SCSI devices having 68-pin connectors. It can be used to attach an external SCSI device to a SCSI adapter card in an RS/6000 system.

  • Attributes provided: 2.5 meter SCSI cable with 68-pin connectors at each end
  • Attributes required: 68-pin SCSI Interface
  • For 9110-51A: (#2425)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2456) LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable

The 50 micron fiber cable is used to convert from LC type to SC type connectors. The 2 meter cable has a male LC type connector on one end and a female SC type connector on the other.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment to external 50 micron fabric or device with one type fiber connector to an adapter with the other type fiber connector.
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#2456)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2459) LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable

The 62.5 micron fiber cable is used to convert from LC type to SC type connectors. The 2 meter cable has a male LC type connector on one end and a female SC type connector on the other.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment to external 62.5 micron fabric or device with one type fiber connector to an adapter with the other type fiber connector.
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#2459)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2591) External USB 1.44 MB Diskette Drive

(No Longer Available as of August 28, 2009)

The externally attached USB diskette drive provides storage capacity up to 1.44 MB on a high density (2HD) floppy disk and 720 KB on a double density floppy disk. Includes 350mm (13.7 in) captured cable with standard USB connector.

Limitation:

  • Maximum 1 USB diskette per adapter,
  • Up to 1 Keyboard and Mouse also supported on the adapter with the diskette drive at the same time
  • No system boot capability
  • Not to be operated upside down or with eject button down

Characteristics:

  • Capacity - 1.44 MB (2HD disk) or 720 KB (double density disk)
  • Physical Dimensions: Width=103mm (4.05 in), Height=17.6mm (.69 in), Depth=141.8mm (5.58 in)
  • Color: Black
  • Data Rate: 12 Mbits/sec
  • Max Power Consumption: 2.36 Watt (seek)
  • Operates in all positions except those noted in the limitations above
  • Attributes provided: External diskette drive
  • Attributes required: 1 available USB port
  • For 9110-51A: (#2591)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2738) 2-Port USB PCI Adapter

The 2 Port USB PCI Adapter is a USB 2.0 capable adapter that provides for the connection of one USB keyboard and mouse. Limitation: Limited to USB 1.1 support with AIX

  • Attributes provided: USB Keyboard/Mouse Attachment
  • Attributes required: One available PCI slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#2738)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2849) POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support

The POWER GXT135P is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator for RS/6000 workstations and pSeries servers. It can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes. This adapter supports both analog and digital monitors. Its predecessor, Feature Number 2848, supported only analog monitors.

  • Hardware Description
    • 128-bit graphics processor
    • 8-bit CLUT or 24-bit true color
    • 16 MB SDRAM
    • 32-bit PCI interface
    • Universal PCI (5.0v or 3.3v)
    • 1 hardware color map

  • Features Supported
    • Up to approximately 16.7 million colors
    • Rectangular clipping
    • 2 analog monitor outputs at up to 1280 x 1024 resolution
    • 1 analog monitor output at up to 2048 x 1536 resolution
    • 1 digital monitor output at up to 1600 x 1200 resolution
    • 60 to 85 Hz refresh rates (ISO 9241, Part 3)

  • APIs Supported
    • X-Windows and Motif
    • UMS 2.3.0 (no hardware scaling)

  • Software Requirements: AIX Versions 5.1 or 5.2 (analog or digital support),or later, or AIX 4.3 (analog support only)

  • Attributes provided: 2D Graphics

  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot

  • For 9110-51A: (#2849)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2861) ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-232 Cable

(No Longer Available as of August 25, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: 4-port EIA-232 cable for (#2947)
  • Attributes required: One #2947 adapter
  • For 9110-51A: (#2861)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Requires fc# 2947

(#2863) ARTIC960Hx 4-Port X.21 Cable

(No Longer Available as of August 25, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: 4-port X.21 cable for (#2947)
  • Attributes required: One #2947 adapter
  • For 9110-51A: (#2863)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Requires fc# 2947.

(#2864) ARTIC960Hx 4-Port V.35 (DTE) Cable

(No Longer Available as of August 25, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: 4-port X.35 (DTE) cable for (#2947)
  • Attributes required: One #2947 adapter
  • For 9110-51A: (#2864)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Requires fc# 2947.

(#2877) IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, H.100, 4-Drop Cable

(No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This cable provides the capability to interconnect adapters that provide H.100 bus connectors. This 4-position cable should be used when four or less adapters with H.100 connectors will be interconnected. When more than 4 and less than or equal to 8 adapters will be connected, the H.100 Bus 8-Drop Cable (#4353) should be used.

  • Attributes provided: H.100 bus connection between adapters
  • Attributes required: Two to Four H.100 adapters
  • For 9110-51A: (#2877)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2934) Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232

The Asynchronous Printer/Terminal Cable is used for attaching printers, plotters, and terminals that support the EIA-232 standard to any asynchronous adapter. This cable is the equivalent of the combination of FC 2936 (modem cable) and FC 2937 (printer/terminal interposer) and replaces this method of printer/terminal attachment.

This cable is 3m (9.8 feet) long, uses DB25 connectors and is supported on all RS/6000 systems using any asynchronous ports. It is is used in conjunction with :

  • FC 2931 (8-port Async Adapter EIA232, ISA bus)
  • FC 8133 (RJ45-DB25 converter cable for 16-port RANs 8130, 8134, 8136)
  • Attributes provided: EIA232 device attachment capability
  • Attributes required: Any RS/6000 Asynchronous port
  • For 9110-51A: (#2934)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2936) Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24

Used to attach a modem to the standard I/O ports with the 10-pin to 25-pin converter cable (#3925), 8-port Cable Assembly, 16-Port Cable Assembly, 16-Port Asynchronous Concentrator (with RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable feature #6402) or the 16-Port EIA-232 Remote Async Node (with RJ45 to DB25 Converter Cable feature #8133). The cable is 3-meters (9.8 feet) in length.

  • Attributes provided: Modem attachment to async or serial port
  • Attributes required: Async or serial port
  • For 9110-51A: (#2936)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2943) 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

For connection of up to 8 asynchronous EIA-232 or RS-422 devices. All eight ports are software programmable to support either EIA-232E or RS-422A protocols, at up to 230K baud.

  • Attributes provided: 8 Async ports
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#2943)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2944) 128-Port Asynchronous Controller, PCI bus

The 128-Port Async Adapter subsystem provides attachment for a high concentration of asynchronous lines (up to 128) from a single PCI bus slot. This gives the system the ability to serve a large number of user of EIA-232 or RS-422 devices such as terminals, printers, and modems.

Two 2.4 Mbps synchronous channels link the adapter to a maximum of eight 16-Port Remote Async Nodes (RANs), up to four RANs can be linked to each synchronous channel.

RANs can also be used with this adapter. If these RANs are connected the synchronous channel the data rate drops down to 1.2 Mbps. For the best results keep the previous and new RAN's on separate synchronous channels.

  • Attributes provided: Up to 128 Async Ports
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot, One to eight (#8137) or (#8138)
  • For 9110-51A: (#2944)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2947) IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of October 13, 2006)

The IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Selectable PCI Adapter (#2947) is a one-slot, standard length, 32-bit PCI card. The adapter provides 4-Ports of: EIA-232, EIA530, RS-449, X.21, or V.35. Each port will support speeds of up 2.0M bps. Software support is provided by ARTIC960 Support for AIX, Developer's Kit, AIX Versions 4.2.1 or 4.3.2 or later that provide SDLC and Bisync support; AIX Versions 4.1.5, 4.2.1, 4.3.1 or later that provide AIXLink X.25 LPP Version 1.1.5 support.

Note: This adapter may have AIX 5.1 support limitations. Go to to the following URL to view the latest AIX 5.1 support limitation statements.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/aix/os/adapters/51.html

  • Attributes provided: One to four WAN connections at up to 2.0Mbps
  • Attributes required: One full length 32-bit PCI slot, AIX Version 4.2.1 or 4.3.2 or later (for SDLC or Bisync support); AIX Version 4.1.5, 4.2.1, 4.3.1 or later (for AIXLink X.25 LPP Version 1.1.5 support).
  • For 9110-51A: (#2947)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2951) Cable, V.24 / EIA-232

V.24 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

  • Attributes provided: V.24 Cable
  • Attributes required: #2962 Adapter
  • For 9110-51A: (#2951)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2952) Cable, V.35

V.35 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

  • Attributes provided: V.35 Cable
  • Attributes required: #2962 Adapter
  • For 9110-51A: (#2952)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2953) Cable, V.36 / EIA-499

V.36/EIA-499 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

  • Attributes provided: V.36 Cable
  • Attributes required: #2962 Adapter
  • For 9110-51A: (#2953)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2954) Cable, X.21

X.21 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

  • Attributes provided: X.21 Cable
  • Attributes required: #2962 Adapter
  • For 9110-51A: (#2954)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2962) 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter

This adapter provides high-speed connections between stand-alone system units on a WAN. To access WAN lines, the 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter connects via external communications equipment including Channel Service Units (CSU), Data Service Units (DSU), or through synchronous modems.

This adapter together with IBM AIXlink/X.25 provides a two-port connection to X.25 packet switched networks. IBM AIXlink/X.25 is a separately orderable LPP (5696-926).

2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter with an appropriate cable is compatible with:

  • X.21 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, X.21 (#2954)
    • CCITT X.21 Signalling
    • CCITT V.11 Electrical
    • CCITT X.27 Electrical
    • EIA-422-A Electrical
    • ISO 4903 Connector for DCE side of an X.21 VHSI Modem Cable

  • V.24 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.24/EIA-232 (#2951)
    • CCITT V.24 Signalling
    • CCITT V.28 Electrical
    • CCITT X.21bis Electrical and Signalling
    • EIA-232-C Electrical and Signalling
    • ISO 2110 Connector for DCE side of an V.24 VHSI Modem Cable

  • V.35 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.35 (#2952)
    • CCITT V.35 Some signals for signalling
    • CCITT V.28 Some signals for electrical and signalling
    • ISO 2593 Connector for DCE side of an V.35 VHSI Modem Cable

  • V.36 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.36/EIA-449 (#2953)
    • CCITT V.10 Electrical
    • CCITT V.11 Electrical

  • Attributes provided: Two high speed WAN connections

  • Attributes required: One PCI slot

  • For 9110-51A: (#2962)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3124) Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer

This 3.7 meter cable is available to provide a null-modem connection between the serial ports of two system drawers that are mounted within the same rack. The cable provides a DB25 female connector at each end.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#3124)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3125) Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack

This 8-meter cable is available to provide a null-modem connection between the serial ports of two system drawers that are mounted in separate racks. The cable provides a DB25 female connector at each end.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#3125)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3274) 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.82 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 9110-51A: (#3274)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3275) 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.94 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 9110-51A: (#3275)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3277) 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 36.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 83 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 36.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 9110-51A: (#3277)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3278) 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 83 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 9110-51A: (#3278)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3279) 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate:107 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 9110-51A: (#3279)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3578) 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 300 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.9 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 88 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 300 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 9110-51A: (#3578)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3585) - 300 GB 15K RPM SCSI Disk Drive

(No Longer Available as of January 30, 2009)

The 300 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 300 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate:107 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 300 GB of disk storage
  • Attributes required: one disk drive bay
  • For 9110-51A: (#3585)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: Refer to the Server System OS level requirements if attaching to native SCSI adapters or the OS level required by the attaching SCSI adapter as appropriate.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3636) L200P Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

The L200p flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 20.1-inch TFT LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 510 mm (20.1 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.255 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide flicker free operation at a maximum resolution of 1600 x 1200 pels at 75Hz in analog mode and 1600 x 1200 pels at 60Hz in digital mode.
  • Tilt/swivel stand
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 9110-51A: (#3636)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3637) IBM T541H /L150p 15" TFT Color Monitor

(No Longer Available as of October 16, 2006)

Both the T541H and L150p monitors have the following general characteristics:

  • Business Black color
  • 15-inch TFT LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 381 mm (15.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.297 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide flicker free operation at a maximum resolution of 1024 x 768 pels at 75Hz in analog mode and 1024 x 768 pels at 60Hz in digital mode.
  • Tilt/swivel stand
  • Supports 2D Graphics Adapters only
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: 2D Graphics Adapter
  • For 9110-51A: (#3637)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3638) IBM C220p 21-inch Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable

The IBM C220p monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 21.0-inch Flat Aperture Grille CRT with a viewable image size of 508 mm (20.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.248 mm pixel pitch for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide reduced flicker operation at an optimum and maximum supported addressability of 1600 x 1200 pels at up to 85 Hz (Vesa)non-interlaced. Capable of 2048 x 1636 at 75 Hz (Vesa).
  • Tilt/swivel stand
  • Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
  • Depth: 483.6 mm (19.0 in.)
  • Height: 516.4 mm (20.3 in.)
  • Width: 512.8 mm (20.2 in.)
  • Weight: 30.5 kg (67.2 lbs.)
  • Attributes provided: Color Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 9110-51A: (#3638)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3640) ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of October 16, 2006)

The ThinkVision L171p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 17.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 432 mm (17.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.280mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024.
  • Tilt/swivel and height adjustable stand
  • Analog or digital connection
  • Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
  • Internal power
  • Depth: 237.0 mm (9.3 in.)
  • Height: 457.0 mm (18.0 in.)
  • Width: 400.0 mm (15.7 in.)
  • Weight: 5.7 kg (12.6 lbs.)
  • Viewing angle: Vertical 170 degrees; horizontal 170 degrees
  • Contrast ratio: 800:1 (typical)
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables: one analog and one digital
  • RoHS compliant
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 9110-51A: (#3640)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3641) IBM T115 Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of September 10, 2007)

The IBM T115 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 15.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 381 mm (15.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.297mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1024 x 768 (XGA)
  • Tilt adjustable stand
  • Analog connection
  • Internal power
  • Depth (w/stand): 144 mm (6.67 inches)
  • Height (max w/stand): 361 mm (14.2 inches
  • Width: 362 mm (14.2 inches)
  • Weight: 2.9 kg (6.4 lbs)
  • Contrast ratio: 400:1 (typical)
  • Brightness: 250cd/m2 (typical)
  • Viewing angles (H/V): 130 degrees/100 degrees
  • For 9110-51A: (#3641)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3642) ThinkVision L191p Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of October 16, 2006)

The ThinkVision L191p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 19.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 483 mm (19.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.294mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024.
  • Tilt/swivel and height adjustable stand
  • Analog or digital connection
  • Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
  • Internal power
  • Depth: 237.0 mm (9.3 in.)
  • Height: 457.0 mm (18.0 in.)
  • Width: 408.0 mm (16.1 in.)
  • Weight: 7.1 kg (15.7 lbs.)
  • Contrast ratio: 1000:1 (typical)
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 9110-51A: (#3642)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3643) IBM T120 Flat Panel Monitor

(No longer available as of January 25, 2008)

The IBM T120 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 20.1-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 511 mm (20.1 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.255 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1600 x 1200 (UXGA)
  • Tilt/lift adjustable stand
  • Analog and digital connections
  • Internal power
  • Depth (w/stand): 246 mm (9.7 inches)
  • Height (max w/stand): 416.6 mm (16.5 inches)
  • Width: 445.6 mm (17.5 inches)
  • Weight: 7.5 kg (16.5 lbs)
  • Contrast ratio: 700:1 (typical)
  • Brightness:300cd/m2 (typical)
  • Viewing angles(H/V): 178 degrees/178 degrees
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 9110-51A: (#3643)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3644) IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of July 31, 2009)

The IBM T119 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 19.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 483 mm (19.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.294 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024 (SXGA)
  • Tilt/lift adjustable stand
  • Analog and digital connections
  • Internal power
  • Depth (w/stand): 246 mm (9.7 inches)
  • Height (max w/stand): 443.6 mm (17.5 inches)
  • Width: 418 mm (16.5 inches)
  • Weight: 7.4 kg (16.3 lbs)
  • Contrast ratio: 550:1 (typical)
  • Brightness:250cd/m2 (typical)
  • Viewing angles (H/V): 140 degrees/135 degrees
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 9110-51A: (#3644)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3645) IBM T117 Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of July 31, 2009)

The IBM T117 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 17.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 432 mm (17.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.264 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024 (SXGA)
  • Tilt/lift adjustable stand
  • Analog and digital connections
  • Internal power
  • Depth (w/stand): 246 mm (9.7 inches)
  • Height (max w/stand): 395.5 mm (15.6 inches)
  • Width: 375.4 mm (14.8 inches)
  • Weight: 5.8 kg (12.8 lbs)
  • Contrast ratio: 500:1 (typical)
  • Brightness: 300cd/m2 (typical)
  • Viewing angles (H/V): 140 degrees/130 degrees
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 9110-51A: (#3645)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3752) Service Package

(No Longer Available as of January 7, 2011)

This kit contains publications, wrap plugs, and diagnostic CD-ROM. The "Diagnostics Information for Multiple Bus Systems" contains information common to all multiple bus system units and is used primarily for problem isolation by a customer's service specialist trained on the unit being serviced.

These publications are intended to be used in the customer's enterprise by the customer's own service specialists, and not by IBM Service personnel.

Two wrap plugs are included for use in diagnostic testing of the following connections to the system unit:

  • RS-232 serial I/O port
  • parallel I/O port

This kit also contains system diagnostic CD-ROM, along with a test diskette, for use by the customer's service specialist (not by IBM Service personnel).

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#3752)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3925) Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin

This cable converts the 9-pin serial port on the system to a 25-pin serial port which allows the user to attach 25-pin serial devices to the system.

  • Attributes provided: 9-Pin to 25-Pin connectivity
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#3925)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3926) Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

This 4-meter cable and transposer (2 parts) allows external async devices such as printers or terminals to be attached directly to the 9-pin serial port. Thisis equivalent to using #3925 in combination with #2934.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#3926)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3927) Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M

This 3.7 meter 9 pin to 9 pin Null modem Serial cable allows two EIA-232 communications ports to exchange data with one another without going through a modem.

  • Attributes provided: 9 pin female connector at each end of the cable
  • For 9110-51A: (#3927)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 99 (Initial order maximum: 99)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3928) Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M

This 10 meter 9 pin to 9 pin Null Modem Serial cable allows two EIA-232 communications ports to exchange data with one another without going through a modem.

  • Attributes provided: 9 pin female connector at each end of the cable
  • For 9110-51A: (#3928)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 99 (Initial order maximum: 99)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4242) 6-Foot Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell to 15-pin D-shell)

This cable is required to connect displays with a 15-pin "D" shell connector to the appropriate accelerator connector when it is farther away than the attached monitor cable can reach. Rack mounted systems are likely candidates for this extender cable.

  • Attributes provided: 6-foot extension cable
  • Attributes required: Supported monitor and adapter with a 15-pin "D" shell connector.
  • For 9110-51A: (#4242)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4256) Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 2M

This feature provides a 2M extension cable for use with USB keyboards.

  • Attributes provided: 2M Extension Cable
  • Attributes required: USB Keyboard
  • For 9110-51A: (#4256)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4650) Rack Indicator- Not Factory Integrated

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

This indicator is used to specify that the rack-mountable device in this initial order should not be merged into a rack within IBM Manufacturing.

Note: This "no charge" feature will be placed on an initial order for a rack-mountable device by the Configuration Tool when the order does not include a 19" Rack.

Note: A rack integration indicator is required on all 19" Rack mountable device initial orders. One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

  • Attributes provided: System will not be shipped in a rack.
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 9110-51A: (#4650)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4651) Rack Indicator, Rack #1

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the first rack for a multi-rack order, or the only rack for a single rack order. When added to an initial rack-mountable device order this indicator is used to specify that the rack-mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #1 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Manufacturing.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9110-51A: (#4651)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4652) Rack Indicator, Rack #2

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the second rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #2 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Manufacturing.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9110-51A: (#4652)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4653) Rack Indicator, Rack #3

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the third rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #3 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9110-51A: (#4653)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4654) Rack Indicator, Rack #4

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fourth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #4 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9110-51A: (#4654)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4655) Rack Indicator, Rack #5

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fifth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #5 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9110-51A: (#4655)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4656) Rack Indicator, Rack #6

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the sixth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #6 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9110-51A: (#4656)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4657) Rack Indicator, Rack #7

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the seventh rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #7 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9110-51A: (#4657)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4658) Rack Indicator, Rack #8

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the eighth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #8 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9110-51A: (#4658)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4659) Rack Indicator, Rack #9

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the ninth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #9 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9110-51A: (#4659)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4660) Rack Indicator, Rack #10

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the tenth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #10 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9110-51A: (#4660)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4661) Rack Indicator, Rack #11

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the eleventh rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #11 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9110-51A: (#4661)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4662) Rack Indicator, Rack #12

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the twelfth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #12 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9110-51A: (#4662)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4663) Rack Indicator, Rack #13

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the thirteenth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack-mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack-mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #13 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9110-51A: (#4663)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4664) Rack Indicator, Rack #14

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fourteenth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack-mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack-mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #14 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9110-51A: (#4664)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4665) Rack Indicator, Rack #15

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fifteenth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack-mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack-mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #15 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9110-51A: (#4665)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4666) Rack Indicator, Rack #16

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the sixteenth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack-mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack-mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #16 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9110-51A: (#4666)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4691) Rack Status Beacon Cable, Junction Box to Drawer or Status Beacon

This cable can be used to connect the Rack Status Beacon Junction Box to a supported rack drawer or to the Rack Status Beacon.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between Rack Status Beacon components
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#4691)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4692) Rack Status Beacon Cable, Junction Box Daisy Chain

This cable is used to connect two Rack Status Beacon Junction Boxes (#4693) together. Multiple Junction Boxes may be linked in series, as required.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between (#4693) Junction Boxes
  • Attributes required: Two or more (#4693) Junction Boxes
  • For 9110-51A: (#4692)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4764) PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4)

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

Provides both cryptographic coprocessor and secure-key cryptographic accelerator functions in a single PCI-X card. The coprocessor functions are targeted to banking and finance applications. Financial PIN processing and Europay, MasterCard, Visa (EMV) credit card functions are provided. EMV is a standard for integrated-chip based credit cards. The secure-key accelerator functions are targeted to improving the performance of Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) transactions. The #4764 provides the security and performance required to support eBusiness and emerging digital signature applications. Host application access to the cryptographic services of the #4764 are via the Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA) application programming interfaces (APIs) or additionally (as of 3/30/2007) via Public-Key Cryptographic Standards (PKCS#11) APIs. Only one API can be loaded on a single feature 4764 card.

The #4764 provides secure storage of cryptographic keys in a tamper-resistant hardware security module (HSM), which is designed to meet FIPS 140 security requirements. FIPS 140 is a U.S. Government National Institute of Standards & Technology (NIST) administered standard and certification program for cryptographic modules. The firmware for the #4764 is shipped on a CD that is part of the feature. Software installation documentation is shipped on the same CD.

Note: Prior to 3/30/2007 only CCA was supported (available on CD LCD8-0477-00). Customers installing feature 4764 prior to 3/30/2007 who now wish to install PKCS#11 can contact 1-800-IBM-SERV to request ECA 618 for use with feature 4764. Only one API can be loaded on a single feature 4764 card. Customers currently running with CCA support do not need this ECA as there is no newer version of the CCA function on this new CD

  • Attributes provided: Cryptographic Accelerator Function, EMV-Based Credit Card Function, CCA API Host Support and (as of 3/30/2007) PKCS#11 API. Both CCA APIs and PKCS#11 APIs are included on CD LCD8-0477-01, titled "4764 PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor Support Version 2.0". li.Attributes required: One PCI-X card slot Note: Only one API (CCA or PKCS11 but not both) can be loaded per 4764 Feature.
  • For 9110-51A: (#4764)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 with the 5200-09 Technology Level (APAR IY82425), or later or AIX 5L for POWER V5.3 with the 5300-05 Technology Level (APAR IY82426), or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

Note: Please validate that software components which provide SSL are enabled to use hardware cryptographic devices through the PKCS#11 or CCA API's. If assistance is needed in determining if the device will meet your needs please contact crypto@us.ibm.com.

(#4959) - IBM Token-Ring PCI Adapter

The IBM Token-Ring PCI Adapter for RS/6000 is a single slot, short, 32-bit, PCI adapter supporting 4 or 16 Mbps data rates, either half-duplex or full-duplex.

Automatic Ring-Speed selection prevents "wrong speed" insertion into the ring, even when connected to speed-sensing hubs. This adapter will operate with either unshielded twisted pair (UTP) Cat 5 cable with RJ-45 connectors or shielded twisted pair (STP) Type 1A cabling with 9-pin D-shell connectors. The Token-Ring PCI Adapter will provide network boot capability.

  • Attributes required: A single empty 32-bit PCI adapter slot.
  • For 9110-51A: (#4959)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4962) 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II

The 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II is a small form factor, single port PCI ethernet adapter. This high performance, low power ethernet 10/100Mbps LAN adapter can be used in both client and server PCI systems. The 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II provides both 10Base-T and 100Base-TX full duplex ethernet LAN connectivity. The adapter supports Category-5 unshielded twisted pair cabling for both 10/100 Mbps and Category-3 unshielded twisted pair cabling for 10 Mbps. The 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II supports:

  • Half / Full Duplex 10/100 Mbps Ethernet interface
  • 10/100 Mbps data rates
  • Auto-negotiation for 10/100 speed and half/full duplex
  • Network boot capability and Network Install Manager (NIM)
  • IEEE 802.3 Ethernet Specification
  • IEEE 802.3u Fast Ethernet Specification

After 4/26/02, the 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II supports the off-load of IP Security cryptographic algorithms by providing hardware assistance in performing data encryption and authentication. This support is provided with AIX 5.1 (with appropriate software updates)and later software. This IP Security function, normally performed with encryption software by the host, is off-loaded to this adapter to enhance network traffic throughput and reduce CPU utilization. If you are running with AIX 5.1, to invoke the IP Security function on the adapter, you must obtain AIX 5.1 software updates IY27069 and IY26514 or the 5100-02 Recommended Maintenance package. These updates can be obtained by ordering APAR IY28102, or by ordering the AIX 5.1 Update CD (LCD4-1103-03) dated 4/2002 or later.

Note: This IP Security function is not supported with AIX 4.3 software.

An additional function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also available. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also available. Both these functions are available with AIX version 5.1 with APAR IY38248 or later software, or AIX version 5.2 with APAR IY38492 or later software.

  • Attributes provided: One 10/100 Mbps Ethernet port (connector)
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#4962)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5001) Custom Service Specify

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

This feature code specifies that the system will receive special request services from the Customer Solution Center (CSC).

  • Attributes provided: Customization
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#5001)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5005) Software Preinstall

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

(No Longer Available in Latin America as of March 01, 2006)

Licensed programs may be preinstalled on the media selected. To order this option, specify code (#5005) on the initial system order. The preinstalled licensed programs will be at the same release level as programs being shipped from the Program Libraries at the time the system is manufactured.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#5005)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5700) IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter

The IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter provides a 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connection with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable which conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.

Note: The IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5700) incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: One full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connection to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN.
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#5700)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5701) IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter

The IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full Duplex Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via the PCI-X bus and connects to the network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

Note: For optimum performance, adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: One full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connection to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN.
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#5701)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5703) PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter (#5703) is a 64-bit 3.3 volt, bootable high performance Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter providing RAID 0,5, or 10 capability and can address up to thirty 16-bit SCSI physical disk drives on two independent SCSI buses.

To increase the data writing performance, a 40 MByte non-volitile fast-write cache is provided as a resident part of this adapter. The 40 MByte fast-write cache can provide a significant improvement in data throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SCSI RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters.

The Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter has two independent ultra320 SCSI buses. There are two internal ports and two external ports. The two internal ports are shared with the two external ports. The SCSI busses can drive either an internal port or an external port. The internal ports can be used to provide an internal RAID solution on certain supporting pSeries systems with internal multiple disk drives or packs of drives. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and also maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To fully utilize this 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices. But, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

When an array configuration is selected with the RAID Manager, the disk drives being designated as part of the array (attached to either the internal or external ports) are required to be formatted to 522 byte sectors. 522 byte sectors provide additional CRC error checking for improved data integrety. A menu option is provided in the AIX supporting software which will reformat these disk drives prior to their usage in an array. Conversely, when a disk drive is removed from an array, a similar menu option is also provided to re-format them back to 512 byte sectors.

Note: Some disk drives require that their microcode be updated to the latest level before being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors. Also, there are some disk drives which do not support being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors. The PCI-X SCSI Disk Array Manager will inform the user of these known situations when they exist. For disk microcode updates, go to the following Web page URL: http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/

Two industry standard VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A .3-meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter.

The two external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DS4 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TS4 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 320 MB/s SCSI bus data rate configured as either a non-array or an array of disks Also the two external ports provide non-array connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

Limitations:

  • The two external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DU3 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TU3 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 160 MB/s SCSI bus data rate as well as connectivity to an IBM 2104-DL1 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TL1 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 80 MB/s SCSI bus data rate, but is limited to only non-array configuration support.
  • The two external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 105.
  • Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.
  • Disk drives internal to the pSeries system shipped prior to September 1, 2003 require a disk drive microcode update to run at Ultra320 speed. To obtain the appropriate microcode update, go to the following Web page URL:

    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One PCI or PCI-X bus slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#5703)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5706) IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full Duplex, dual ported, Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run each port at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCI or PCI-X bus and connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#5706) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, refer to the RS/6000 & pSeries PCI Adapter Placement Reference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#5701) is the preferred solution.

Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connections to Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#5706)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5707) IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter provides two 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connections with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable that conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5707) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, refer to the RS/6000 & pSeries PCI Adapter Placement Reference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5700) is the preferred solution.

Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.

Note: The 2-Port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connections to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#5707)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5712) PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5712) is a 64-bit 3.3 volt adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter provides two SCSI channels (busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.), up to twice the maximum data transfer rate of the previous Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI adapter (160 MBps). Each SCSI bus can either be internal (on systems that support internal SCSI device or backplane attachments) or external. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and also maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To fully utilize this 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices. But, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

Two industry standard VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A .3-meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter.

The two external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DS4 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TS4 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 320 MB/s SCSI bus data rate. The two external ports also provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DU3 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TU3 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 160 MB/s SCSI bus data rate and to an IBM 2104-DL1 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TL1 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 80 MB/s SCSI bus data rate. Also the two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5712) is a native boot adapter with AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2 software in a supported pSeries or RS/6000 systems. The adapter also supports target mode.

Limitations:

  • The two external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 105.
  • Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.
  • Disk drives internal to the pSeries system shipped prior to September 1, 2003 require a disk drive microcode update to run at Ultra320 speed. To obtain the appropriate microcode update, go to the following Web page URL:

    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal SCSI devices (on systems that support an internal SCSI device or backplane attachment with this adapter) and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One available 3.3 volt PCI or PCI-X slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#5712)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5713) 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter

The 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands and data into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. The adapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offload function eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts. Adapter uses RJ45 Gigabit Ethernet connector.

  • Attributes provided: Offload of host protocol processing
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X Slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#5713)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5714) 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter

The 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands and data into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. The adapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offload function eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts. Adapter uses Small form factor LC type fiber optic connector.

  • Attributes provided: Offload of host protocol processing
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X Slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#5714)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5716) 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high speed local and remote located storage. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate (either 1 Gbps or 2 Gbps) of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gps or 2 Gps data rates.

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber onnector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.
  • Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel/FC-AL interface
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#5716)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5718) 10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter

Provides 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X based server connections. Supports distances of up to 33m using 62.5 um multimode fiber or 300m using 50 um multimode fiber with 2000MHz km minimum model bandwith at 850 nm. Adapter connector type is LC.

  • Attributes provided: Provides highend bandwith for networking
  • Attributes required: Supported on PCI-X slots only
  • For 9110-51A: (#5718)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5719) IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter

Offers 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X based server connections over a maximum of 10 kilometers of 1310nm single-mode fiber optic cable. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard. The adapter requires 9um single-mode fiber optic cables and uses a SC connector type for connecting into net-work infrastructure components like 10 Gigabit Ethernet switch/router with SC connectors.

  • Attributes provided: 10 Gigabit Ethernet connections
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#5719)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5721) 10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

The adapter supports distances of up to 33m using 62.5 um multimode fiber or 300m using 50 um multimode fiber with 2000 MHz*km minimum model bandwidth at 850 nm wavelength. The fiber cable connects to the adapter with LC type connector. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard.

  • Attributes provided: Provides high-end bandwidth for networking
  • Attributes required: PCI-X slot or for improved bandwidth plug into PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot.
  • For 9110-51A: (#5721)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-08 Technology Level (APAR IY77270) plus APAR IY83444 and IY84022, or later Technology Level. AIX 5L Version 5.3 with the 5300-04 Technology Level (APAR IY77273) plus APAR IY83424 and IY84026, or later Technology Level. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
              http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
              hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: The minimum system firmware level required is SF240_205. Double Data Rate (DDR) mode is supported.

    System firmware can be downloaded from

    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2/download.html

    Note: The combined cumulative total for feature 1981, 1982, 5718, 5719, 5721 and 5722 is 1.

(#5722) 10 Gb Ethernet-LR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

(No Longer Available as of November 28, 2008)

The adapter supports a maximum of 10 kilometers of 1310nm 9um single- mode fiber optic cable. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard. The adapter requires 9um single-mode fiber optic cables and uses a SC connector to facilitate connecting into network infrastructure components like 10 Gigabit Ethernet switch/router with SC connectors.

  • Attributes provided: 10 Gigabit Ethernet connections
  • Attributes required: PCI-X slot or for improved bandwidth plug in PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot.
  • For 9110-51A: (#5722)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-08 Technology Level (APAR IY77270) plus APAR IY83444 and IY84022, or later Technology Level. AIX 5L Version 5.3 with the 5300-04 Technology Level (APAR IY77273) plus APAR IY83424 and IY84026, or later Technology Level. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
              http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
              hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: The minimum system firmware level required is SF240_205. Double Data Rate (DDR) mode is supported.

    System firmware can be downloaded from:

    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2/download.html

    Note: The combined cumulative total for feature 1981, 1982, 5718, 5719, 5721 and 5722 is 1.

(#5723) 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

Connection for 2 Asynchronous EIA-232 devices. Ports are Programmable to support EIA-232 protocols, at a line speed of 128K bps.

  • Attributes provided: 2 Asynchronous Ports
  • Attributes required: One PCI Slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#5723)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5736) PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter

The PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5736) is a 64-bit 3.3-volt adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter provides two SCSI channels (busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.). Each SCSI bus can either be internal (on systems that support internal SCSI device or backplane attachments) or external. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To utilize the 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices; however, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

Two VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A .3-meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter.

Two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5736) is a native boot adapter with AIX 5L for POWER Version 5.2 with the 5200-07 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY67914) or AIX 5L for POWER Version 5.3 with the 5300-03 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY71011) or later software in a supported pSeries or RS/6000 systems. The adapter also supports target mode.

Limitations:

  • The two external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 105.
  • Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI nonRAID Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.

Minimum System Firmware Required:

System firmware level required is SF235_185 or greater. Firmware level SF235_185 adjusts the PCI slots to run in Single Data Rate (SDR) mode. Enablement of Double Data Rate (DDR)slots to run at DDR mode is planned to be provided in an upcoming firmware enhancement.

For Double Data Rate (DDR), check for firmware upgrade at URL:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2/download.html

Running the adapter on a system with firmware level lower than SF235_185 is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal SCSI devices (on systems that support an internal SCSI device or backplane attachment with this adapter) and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One available 3.3 volt PCI or PCI-X slot or PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#5736)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5737) PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter

The PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID LVD only Adapter (#5737) is a 64-bit 3.3 volt, bootable high performance Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter providing RAID 0, 5, 6, or 10 capability, and can address up to thirty 16-bit SCSI physical disk drives on two independent SCSI buses.

To increase the data writing performance, a 90 MByte non-volatile fast-write cache is a resident part of this adapter. The 90 MByte fast-write cache can provide a significant improvement in data throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SCSI RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters.

The Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter has two independent ultra320 SCSI buses. There are two internal ports and two external ports. The two internal ports are shared with the two external ports. The SCSI busses can drive either an internal port or an external port. The internal ports can be used to provide an internal RAID solution on certain supporting pSeries systems with internal multiple disk drives or packs of drives. Internally attached Ultra320 devices designed to run at 320 MB can run up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. All attaching devices should be Ultra320 LVD devices to utilize the 320 MB per second performance, however, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. This card does not support single-ended (SE) devices.

When an array configuration is selected with the RAID Manager, the disk drives being designated as part of the array (attached to either the internal or the external ports) are required to be formatted to 522-byte sectors. 522-byte sectors provide additional CRC error checking for improved data integrity. A menu option provide in the AIX supporting software, which will reformat these disk drives prior to their usage in an array. Conversely, when a disk drive is removed from an array, a similar menu option is also provided to re-format them back to 512-byte sectors.

Note: Some disk drives require that their microcode be updated. to the latest level before being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors. In addition, there are some disk drives, which do not support 522 Byte Sectors format. The PCI-X SCSI Disk Array Manager will inform the user of these known situations when they exist. For disk microcode updates, go to the following Web page URL:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/

Two VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD external subsystems.

Limitations:

  • Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.

Minimum System Firmware Required:

System firmware level required is SF235_185 or greater. Firmware level SF235_185 adjusts the PCI slots to run in Single Data Rate (SDR) mode. Enablement of Double Data Rate (DDR)slots to run at DDR mode is planned to be provided in an upcoming firmware enhancement.

For Double Data Rate (DDR), check for firmware upgrade at URL:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2/download.html

Running the adapter on a system with firmware level lower than SF235_185 is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One PCI or PCI-X DDR bus slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#5737)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5740) 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter

The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base -TX PCI-X adapter is a full height PCI-X 1.0a Ethernet adapter which supports four Gigabit ports on a single adapter, delivers increased bandwidth for slot-constrained servers, and is designed to provide high connectivity and reliability using two integrated, dual-port Gigabit Ethernet controllers.

  • Four RJ-45 ports

  • 3.3 volts, 64-bit 133 MHz with 64-bit Bus Mastering on the PCI-X bus

  • IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T compliant

  • IEEE 802.3u 100Base-T compliant

  • IEEE 802.3 10Base-T compliant

  • 802.1q VLAN tagging

  • Interrupt Moderation

  • TCP Segmentation offload and encapsulation in hardware

  • Checksum offloading of IP, TCP, and UDP frame

  • Increased connectivity while significantly reducing CPU utilization

  • Two LED adapter status indicators per port for link activity and speed

  • NIM is supported on all 4 ports

  • RoHS compliant

Limit: Full bandwidth performance may not be achieved with more than one adapter per PCI Host Bridge (PHB) or more than one CPU.

  • Attributes provided: Four 10/100/1000 RJ-45 ports
  • Attributes required: One available PCI-X card slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#5740)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5758) 4 Gb Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one for performance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may be limited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize High Bandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximum quantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-end network cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is more important than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximum quantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity.

  • Connectivity Maximum: (3)
  • Performance Maximum: (1)

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X 1.0 / 2.0 slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#5758)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 0 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-08 Technology Level (APAR IY77270) plus APAR IY83649 and IY83172, or later Technology Level. AIX 5L Version 5.3 with the 5300-04 Technology Level (APAR IY77273) plus APAR IY83730 and IY83163, or later Technology Level. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
             http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
             hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: The minimum system firmware level required is SF240_205. Double Data Rate (DDR) mode is supported.

    System firmware can be downloaded from

    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2/download.html

(#5759) 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

The 4 Gigabit Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one for performance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may be limited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize High Bandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximum quantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-end network cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is more important than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximum quantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity.

  • Connectivity Maximum: (3)
  • Performance Maximum: (1)

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

Note: Please carefully consider the usage of this card. If placed in a PCI-X slot rated as SDR compatible and/or has the slot speed of 133 MHz, the AIX value of the max_xfer_size must be kept at the default setting of 0x100000 (1 megabyte) when both ports are in use. The architecture of the DMA buffer for these slots does not accommodate larger max_xfer_size settings.

  • Attributes provided: 2 Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X 2.0 slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#5759)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 0 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-08 Technology Level (APAR IY77270) plus APAR IY83649 and IY83172, or later Technology Level. AIX 5L Version 5.3 with the 5300-04 Technology Level (APAR IY77273) plus APAR IY83730 and IY83163, or later Technology Level. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
             http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
             hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: The minimum system firmware level required is SF240_205. Double Data Rate (DDR) mode is supported.

    System firmware can be downloaded from

    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2/download.html

(#5951) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached US English #103P keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5951)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5952) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, French, #189

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached French #189 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5952)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5953) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Italian #142 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5953)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5954) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached German/Austrian #129 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5954)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5955) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached UK English #166 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5955)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5956) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Spanish #172 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5956)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5957) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Japanese #194P keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5957)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5958) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Brazilian Portuguese #275 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5958)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5959) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Hungarian #208 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5959)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5960) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Korean #413 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5960)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5961) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Chinese #467 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5961)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5962) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached French Canadian #445 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5962)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5963) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Canadian French, #058

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This feature provides a USB attached Canadian French #058 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5963)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5964) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/French, #120

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Belgian/French #120 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5964)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5965) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Swedish/Finnish #153 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5965)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5966) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Danish #159 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5966)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5967) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Bulgarian #442 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5967)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5968) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Swiss, French/German #150 /F/G keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5968)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5969) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Norwegian #155 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5969)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5970) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Dutch #143 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5970)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5971) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Portuguese #163 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5971)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5972) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Greek #319 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5972)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5973) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Hebrew #212 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5973)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5974) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Polish #214 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5974)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5975) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Slovakian #245 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5975)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5976) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Czech #243 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5976)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5977) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Turkish #179 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5977)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5978) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached LA Spanish #171 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5978)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5979) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Arabic #253 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5979)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5980) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Thai #191 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5980)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5981) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Russian #443 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5981)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5982) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Slovenian #234 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5982)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5983) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, US English International, #103P

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached US English International #103P keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#5983)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6230) Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter

The Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230) is a 4 port (2 loop) Serial Storage Architecture (SSA) adapter providing an instantaneous data transfer rate of up to 160 MByte/s per loop. It also provides eight-initiator, non-RAID capability, two-initiator RAID 1, two-initiator RAID 0 + 1, two-initiator RAID 5, or one- initiator RAID 0 capability. The adapter accepts a 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card (#6235) that improves write performance in RAID 0+1, RAID 5, and non-RAID applications. When the 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card is used, the adapter can be configured in either single or dual initiator fast-write cache mode. In dual initiator fast-write cache mode, if one of the two adapters fail, the failing adapter is designed to transfer control over to the other. Also, in dual initiator Fast Write Cache mode, the 128 MByte DRAM Option Card (#6231) is available and required to utilize the full 32 MBytes of fast-write cache on the adapters. If the 128 MByte DRAM Option Card is not used in dual initiator fast-write cache mode, the effective fast-write cache capacity will be 16 MBytes on each adapter. See the 128 MByte DRAM Option Card (#6231) for information.

The Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter when operated in a RAID 5 configuration will support (2+P) to (15+P) arrays and up to 6 (15+P) arrays. When operated in a RAID 1 or RAID 0+1 configuration, will support up to eight disk drives mirrored. The adapter also supports Hot Spares in RAID 5 and RAID 0+1 mode. The Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter also supports connectivity to external disk enclosures and internal RS/6000 SSA configurations. Optional SSA Fiber-Optic Extender is also supported (Refer to IBM 7133 Sales literature for additional information)

Any supported RS/6000 system can be set up to boot from an Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230), provided a non-RAID SSA disk is included as part of the configuration. Other disks associated with the adapter can be RAID but at least one disk must be a non-RAID SSA disk. The non-RAID SSA disk can be located under the covers of a processor unit or in an external SSA storage unit. If your system is running with AIX 4.3.3 or later software, native boot capability is supported. For factory system orders with AIX preload requested, an internal SCSI disk drive will be preloaded as the native boot disk even if internal SSA disk drive(s) are present. If your system is running with AIX 4.2.1 or AIX 4.3.2 software, the below procedure applies in order to boot using the Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter:

  • The non-RAID SSA disk can be located under the covers of a processor unit or in an external SSA storage unit.
  • A supported AIX version of software (with proper updates) must be loaded to the non-RAID SSA disk using AIX's Network Install Manager (NIM) before booting from the non-RAID disk.
  • The system with a non-RAID SSA disk must have a network connection with another RS/6000 system performing the NIM Master function to perform the install. On RS/6000 SP systems, a similar network install is performed from a control workstation.
  • Once AIX with updates is installed on the non-RAID SSA disk and the system is configured for booting, booting will take place frsavehe boot disk without any support from the control processor NIM Master and the system does not have to be connected to the network at boot time.

After October 3, 2000, a 3-Way Copy Function will be available. This 3-Way Copy Function allows a user to create a third copy to an existing RAID-1 or RAID 0+1 array while mirrored operation continues. 3-Way Copy allows the user, at any time after the copy process has completed, to split the third copy off from the original RAID-1 or RAID 0+1 array to form an independent RAID copy. This third copy or "snapshot" copy could be typically used to perform a backup or to test some new application. The 3-Way Copy Function is available only via a code download and can only be gained by going to the SSA web support pages defined below.

When performing SSA device or subsystem planning, installation, upgrades, or preventive maintenance, refer to the following Web support pages. They provide access to the latest SSA publications and support code for the system, SSA adapters, and SSA subsystems. These sites should also be considered during system hardware and/or operating system upgrades if SSA devices are included in the system.

The following link contains links to SSA publications and other SSA Web sites, including the one below it:

http://www.storage.ibm.com/hardsoft/products/ssa/

The following link contains lists of the latest SSA support code and provides code download capability for the RS/6000 and AIX environments:

http://www.storage.ibm.com/hardsoft/products/ssa/rs6k/index.html

Note: A limitation is that ports on the adapter are not supported. See machine/model specific information to determine if internal SSAdisk drives and associated hardware/cables are supported.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of SSA devices
  • Attributes required: One PCI bus slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#6230)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • Minimum supported AIX level is AIX 5.2 TL8 and AIX 5.3 TL 4 with processor 1.5GHz 4w or 1.9GHz 1w/2w. AIX 5L for POWER version 5.2 with the 5200-08 Technology Level (APAR IY77270), or later. AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-04 Technology Level (APAR IY77273), or later.
      • Minimum supported AIX levels of AIX 5.2 TL9 and AIX 5.3 TL 5 with processor 1.65GHz 4w or 2.1GHz 1w/2w. AIX 5L for POWER version 5.2 with the 5200-09 Technology Level (APAR IY82425), or later. AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-05 Technology Level (APAR IY82426), or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6231) 128 MByte DRAM Option Card

The 128 MByte DRAM Option Card (#6231) is a field only optional feature to the Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (#6225) or a factory or field option for the Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230). This option is recommended for dual initiator fail-over Fast Write Cache (FWC) configurations. The option increases the existing DRAM on the adapter to 128 MBytes. In this type of dual initiator FWC configuration, the existing DRAM does not have enough capacity to completely contain a copy of each adapter's 32 MByte FWC and also provide additional working space. The 128 MByte DRAM Option Card provides this additional space needed to contain a full copy of each adapters 32 MByte FWC content and allows for full 32 MByte fail-over protection. If the 128 MByte DRAM Option Card (#6231) is not used with dual-initiator FWC configurations, the effective FWC capacity is reduced to 16 MBytes per adapter.

If this feature is ordered as a field upgrade to an existing SerialRAID adapter (#6225 or 6230), a CD-ROM with appropriate software and publications are also provided.

  • Attributes provided: 128 MByte DRAM memory
  • Attributes required: Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (#6225) or Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230). A 32 MByte MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card (#6235) is also recommended.
  • For 9110-51A: (#6231)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6235) 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card

The 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card (#6235) is a 32 MByte fast-write optional feature that plugs into the IBM RS/6000 Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (#6225) or the Advanced SerialRAID Adapter Plus (#6230). It utilizes non-volatile RAM. During the unlikely event of an Advanced SerialRAID Adapter failure, a replacement Advanced SerialRAID Adapter can be installed and the fast-write cache can be removed from the failing adapter and installed in the new adapter insuring data integrity. The 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card can provide a significant improvement of data throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SSA RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement using the optional card will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters. The 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card plugged into the Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (# 6225) will operate in non-RAID, RAID 5, or RAID 0+1 mode, in single-initiator or dual initiator configurations.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: One Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (#6225) or Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230).
  • For 9110-51A: (#6235)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6239) 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high speed local and remote located storage. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate (either 1 Gbps or 2 Gbps) of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gps or 2 Gps data rates.

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.storage.ibm.com/hardsoft/disk/products.htm

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel/FC-AL interface
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X slot
  • For 9110-51A: (#6239)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6312) Quad Digital Trunk Telephony PCI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

The Quad Digital Trunk Telephony PCI Adapter is a highly integrated, intelligent IO adapter designed for use in computer telephony applications. The adapter is a 4 port, full length, universal PCI 2.2 compliant adapter. It performs voice processing for up to four T1 or E1 digital trunks, providing connectivity for 96 (T1) or 120 (E1) voice channels in a single PCI slot. The adapter is made up of two separate cards. A base card that interfaces with the host system and performs telephony processing functions, and a daughter card that provides the physical interface to the switch. The voice processing function is provided by WebSphere Voice Response for AIX LPP with Direct Talk Technology.

In conjunction with this adapter, network attachment cables using industry standard RJ-48 connector can be obtained from commercial cable suppliers in a variety of lengths to suit the particular installation. Additional information about these cables can be obtained by referring to this adapter's Installation and User's Guide.

Note: When 2 to 4 Quad Digital Trunk Telephony PCI Adapters (#6312) are ordered and planned to be used in a single partition, the Artic960RxD Quad DTA, H.100, 4-drop Cable (#2877) is required. When more than 4 Quad Digital Trunk Telephony PCI Adapters (#6312) are ordered and planned to be used in a single partition, the H.100 Bus 8-Position Cable (#4353) is required.

Limitations: The Quad Digital Trunk Telephony PCI Adapter (#6312) cannot reside in the same system with the IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad Digital Trunk PCI Adapter (#6310).

  • Attributes provided: Connection of 1 to 4 T1/E1 Trunk lines.
  • Attributes required: One available PCI slot and WebSphere Voice Response for AIX LPP application software.
  • For 9110-51A: (#6312)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6458) Power Cable Drawer to IBM PDU, 14-foot, 250V/10A

Standard IBM rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU).

  • Attributes provided: Power cable
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#6458)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6460) Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A), Plug Type #4

This power cord goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit. Plug type #4 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 14-foot length. The following countries/regions use the #6460 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: United States, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonnaire, Calicos Islands, Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Mexico, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Kitts/Nevis, St. Martin, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Trinidad/Tobago, Venezuela.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#6460)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6469) Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A), United States, Plug Type #5

This power cord goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit. Plug type #5 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 14-foot length. The following countries/regions use the #6469 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: United States, Anguilla, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonnaire, Caicos Is., Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatamala, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Marten NA, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Thailand, Venezuela.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#6469)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6470) Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A), Plug Type #4

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #4 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. The following countries/regions use the #6470 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: United States, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonnaire, Calicos Islands, Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Mexico, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Kitts/Nevis, St. Martin, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Trinidad/Tobago, Venezuela.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#6470)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6471) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A), Plug Type #70

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #70 (iNMETRO NBR 6147, NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6471 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Brazil.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#6471)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6472) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #18

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #18 (CEE 7 VII). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6472 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Armenia, Austria, Belarus, Belgium, Benin, Bosnia/Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, Central African Republic, Chad, Comoros, Conogo, Croatia, Czech Republic, Dahomey, Djibuouti, Egypt, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Etrhiopia, Finland, France, French Polynesia, French Guyana, Gabon, Georgia, Germany, Greece, Guadeloupe, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Hungary, Iceland, Indonesia, Iran, Ivory Coast, Kazakhstan, Krygystan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lintuania, Luxembourg, Macau, Macedonia, Mali, Martinigue, Mauritania, Mauritus, Mayotte, Moldova, Monaco, Mongolia, Morocco, Mozambique, Netherlands, New Caledonia, Niger, North Korea (C19 only), Norway, Poland, Portugal, Principe, Reunion, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, St. Thomas, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, Slovenia, Somalia, South Korea (C19 only), Spain, Surinam, Sweden, Syria, Tahiti, Tajikistan, Togo, Tunesia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Upper Volta, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Vietnam, Wallis & Futuna, Zaire, Zimbabwe.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#6472)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6473) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type 19

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #19 (CEE). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6473 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Denmark.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#6473)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6474) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 13A), Plug Type #23

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #23 (BS 1364A). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6474 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Abu Dhabi, Bahrain, Botswana, Brunei, Channel Islands, Cyprus, Dominica, Gambia, Grenada, Grenadines, Guyana, Hong Kong, Iraq, Ireland, Jordan, Kenya, Kuwait, Liberia, Malawi, Malaysia, Malta, Myanmar, Nkigeria, Oman, Qatar, Sierra Leone, Singapore, St. Kitts, St. Lucia, Seychelles, Sudan, Tanzania, Trinidad & Tobago, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom, Yemen, Zambia.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#6474)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6475) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #32

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #32 (SII 32-1971). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6475 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Israel.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#6475)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6476) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #24

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #24 (SEV 24507). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6476 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Lichtenstein, Switzerland.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#6476)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6477) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #22

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #22 (SABS 164). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6477 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Bangladesh, LeSotho, Maceo, Maldives, Nambia, Pakistan, Samoa, South Africa, Sri Lanka, Swaziland, Uganda.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#6477)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6478) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #25

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #25 (CEI 23-16). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6478 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Chile, Italy, Libya.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#6478)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6479) Power Cord (9-foot) , To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #6

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #6 (AS 3112-1964 NZS 198). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6479 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Australia, Fiji Islands, Kiribati, Nauru, New Zealand, Papua New Guinea, W. Samoa.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#6479)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6487) Power Cord (6-foot),To Wall, (250V, 15A), United States, Plug Type #5

(No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #5 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. The following countries/regions use the #6487 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: United States, Anguilla, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonnaire, Caicos Is., Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatamala, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Marten NA, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Thailand, Venezuela.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#6487)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6488) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A or 250V, 10A ), Plug Type #2

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6488 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Argentina, Paraguay, Uruguay.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#6488)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6493) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #62

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #62 (GB 1053). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6493 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: People's Republic of China.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#6493)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6494) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #69

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #69 (IS 6538). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6494 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: India.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#6494)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6495) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #73

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #73. Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6495 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Brazil.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#6495)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6496) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #66

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #66 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6496 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: North Korea, South Korea.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#6496)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6598) Disk Slot Fillers (Quantity 4)

This feature allows the customer to move disks from the system to another system or an IO drawer and to place a blank disk filler in the empty disk slot. Systems shipped from manufacturing have blank filler in the empty disk slots.

  • Attributes provided: 4 disk slot fillers
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#6598)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6651) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A), Plug Type #75

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #75 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6651 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Taiwan.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#6651)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6659) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A), Plug Type #76

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #76 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6659 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Taiwan.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#6659)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6660) Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A), Plug Type #59 (DENAN marking)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #59 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 14-foot length. This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#6660)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6665) Power Cord 3 M (10 ft), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A

Standard IBM rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU). 3 M (10-foot) length. Use this cord with PDUs that have IEC320/C19 connectors.
  • Attributes provided: Power Cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#6665)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6669) Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A), Plug Type #57 (DENAN marking)

This power cord goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit. Plug type #57 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 14-foot length. This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#6669)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6670) Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A), Plug Type #59 (DENAN marking)

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #59 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#6670)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6671) Power Cord (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A

Standard IBM rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU). 9-foot length.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#6671)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6672) - Power Cord 2M (6.5-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A

Standard rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU). 6.5-foot length.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#6672)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6680) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #6, Insulated

This insulated power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #6 (AS 3112-1964 NZS 198). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6680 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Australia, Fiji Islands, Kiribati, Nauru, New Zealand, Papua New Guinea, W. Samoa.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#6680)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6687) Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall, (250V, 15A), Plug Type #57 (DENAN marking)

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #57 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#6687)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7166) IBM/OEM Rack-mount Drawer Rail Kit

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

This feature provides a rack rail kit used to install a rack-mount system in either an IBM or OEM 19-inch rack.

  • Attributes provided: Rack rail kit
  • Attributes required: Rack-mountable system
  • For 9110-51A: (#7166)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7195) IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

Indicates that this order is for a rack-mount system requiring IBM bezel and hardware.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#7195)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7282) One Processor Entitlement for Processor Feature #8282

(No Longer Available as of April 25, 2014)

This feature number will permanently entitle one processor on a #8282 processor card.

  • Attributes provided: Entitlement of processor for #8282
  • Attributes required: Feature #8282 with non-entitled processor
  • For 9110-51A: (#7282)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7283) One Processor Entitlement for Processor Feature #8283

(No Longer Available as of April 25, 2014)

This feature number will permanently entitle one processor on a #8283 processor card.

  • Attributes provided: Entitlement of processor for #8283
  • Attributes required: Feature #8283 with non-entitled processor
  • For 9110-51A: (#7283)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7284) One Processor Entitlement for Processor Feature #8284

(No Longer Available as of April 25, 2014)

This feature number will permanently entitle one processor on a #8284 processor card.

  • Attributes provided: Entitlement of processor for #8284
  • Attributes required: Feature #8284 with non-entitled processor
  • For 9110-51A: (#7284)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7305) AAP Software Pre-Install Indicator

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

Software pre-install indicator for Authorized Assemblers

  • Attributes provided: Software Preinstall
  • Attributes required: Authorized Assembler Order
  • For 9110-51A: (#7305)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7361) One Processor Entitlement for Processor Feature #7654

(No Longer Available as of April 25, 2014)

This feature number will permanently entitle the processor on a #7654 processor card.

  • Attributes provided: Entitlement of processor for #7654
  • Attributes required: Feature #7654 with non-entitled processor
  • For 9110-51A: (#7361)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7362) One Processor Entitlement for Processor Feature #7655

(No Longer Available as of April 25, 2014)

This feature number will permanently entitle the processor on a #7655 processor card.

  • Attributes provided: Entitlement of processor for #7655
  • Attributes required: Feature #7655 with non-entitled processor
  • For 9110-51A: (#7362)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7376) One Processor Entitlement for Processor Feature #7656

(No Longer Available as of April 25, 2014)

This feature number will permanently entitle the processor on a #7656 processor card.

  • Attributes provided: Entitlement of processor for #7656
  • Attributes required: Feature #7656 with non-entitled processor
  • For 9110-51A: (#7376)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7432) Advanced POWER Virtualization

This feature allows the customer to create partitions that are in units of less than 1 CPU (sub-CPU LPARs) and allows the same system I/O to be virtually allocated to these partitions. When Virtualization is installed in the system, all processors must have the Virtualization feature. A 2-way systme requires that two of this feature be installed. The processor(s) on the system can be partitioned into as many as 10 LPARs per processor. An encrypted key is supplied to the customer and installed on the system, authorizing the partitioning at the sub-processor level. Partitioan Load Manager is included to provide cross partition workload management across the partition.

  • Attributes provided: Capability to partition processor
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#7432)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7654) 1-way 1.9 GHz POWER5+ Processor Card, 36MB L3 Cache

(No Longer Available as of February 12, 2007)

1-way processor card with 1.9 GHz POWER5+ processor and 36MB L3 cache. Attached to planar.

  • Attributes provided: 1-way processor card, 36MB L3 cache
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#7654)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7655) 2-way 1.9 GHz POWER5+ Processor Card, 36MB L3 Cache

(No Longer Available as of February 12, 2007)

2-way processor card with 1.9 GHz POWER5+ processor and 36MB L3 cache. Attached to planar.

  • Attributes provided: 2-way processor card, 36MB L3 cache
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#7655)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7656) 4-way 1.5 GHz POWER5+ Processor Card, 36MB L3 Cache

(No Longer Available as of February 12, 2007)

4-way processor card with 1.5 GHz POWER5+ processor card. The four processors share 2 x 36MB of L3 cache. Attached to planar.

  • Attributes provided: 4-way processor card
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#7656)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7801) Ethernet Cable, 6M, Hardware Management Console to System Unit

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This feature provides a six meter long Ethernet cable for attachment of a Hardware Management Console to the system unit.

  • Attributes provided: 6M Ethernet Cable
  • Attributes required: Ethernet port on Hardware Management Console
  • For 9110-51A: (#7801)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7802) Ethernet Cable, 15M, Hardware Management Console to System Unit

This feature provides a fifteen meter long Ethernet cable for attachment of a Hardware Management Console to the system unit.

  • Attributes provided: 15M Ethernet Cable
  • Attributes required: Ethernet port on Hardware Management Console
  • For 9110-51A: (#7802)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7989) Power Supply, 700 Watt AC, Hot-swap, Base or Redundant

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

This feature provides an 700 Watt AC power supply, either as the primary power supply in the system, or the secondary power supply for redundant power. A power cord must be ordered for each power supply ordered.

  • Attributes provided: 700 Watt AC Power Supply
  • Attributes required: Available Power Supply Bay
  • For 9110-51A: (#7989)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7999) OEM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

Indicates that this order is for a rack-mount system requiring OEM bezel and hardware.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#7999)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8025) - Oracle Solution Edition - 1-core 2.1GHz p5-510

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

No charge indicator for Oracle Solution Edition - 1-core 2.1GHz p5-510.

  • Attributes provided: Solution Edition Indicator
  • Attributes required: Model 51A
  • For 9110-51A: (#8025)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8026) - Oracle Solution Edition - 2-core 2.1GHz p5-510

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

No charge indicator for Oracle Solution Edition - 2-core 2.1GHz p5-510.

  • Attributes provided: Solution Edition Indicator
  • Attributes required: Model 51A
  • For 9110-51A: (#8026)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8131) 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 4.5 Meter

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

This cable provides attachment between the 128-port Asynchronous Controller and the first RAN in a daisy chain, or attachment between RANs in the daisy chain.

  • Attributes provided: Links 128-port Async Controller to RAN or RAN-to-RAN
  • Attributes required: (1) 128-port Async Controller or RAN-to-RAN connection in a daisy chain.
  • For 9110-51A: (#8131)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8132) 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 23cm (9-Inch)

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

This cable may be substituted for the 4.5 meter (15 foot) async controller cable whenever a customer configuration requires stacked Remote Async Nodes.

  • Attributes provided: Links 128-port Async Controller to RAN or RAN-to-RAN
  • Attributes required: (1) 128-port Async Controller or RAN-to-RAN connection in a daisy chain.
  • For 9110-51A: (#8132)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8133) RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable

(No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This cable can be used to attach EIA-232 devices to the 16 port EIA 232 Remote Async Node (FC 8130 or FC 8134) for the 128-Port Async subsystem. This cable provides a 25-pin D shell connector for device attachment. Four cables are provided per each order.

  • Attributes provided: 4 DB-25 EIA-232 ports
  • Attributes required: 4 RJ-45 ports from a RAN (8130, 8134, 8136)
  • For 9110-51A: (#8133)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8230) Memory Offering -- 16GB (Multiples of 4 of 2x2GB DIMMs)

(No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

Each occurrence of this feature delivers 2 each 2GB, 276 pin Dimms for a total of 4GB of Memory (533 MHz, DDR2, SDRAM). This is a special priced feature that can only be ordered in quantity of 4. The minimum result being 16 GB of memory in 8 (2GB) dimms. No other order quantity than 4 will be accepted.

Note: MES orders for feature number 8230 are available only for authorized IBM Business Partners.

  • Attributes provided: DDR2 Memory
  • Attributes required: DDR2 dimm slots
  • For 9110-51A: (#8230)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8231) Memory Offering -- 32GB/64GB/96GB/128GB (Multiples of 4 of 2x4GB DIM

(No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

Each occurrence of this feature delivers 2 each 4GB, 276 pin Dimms for a total of 8GB of Memory (533 MHz, DDR2, SDRAM). This is a special priced feature that can only be ordered in multiples of 4. The minimum result being 32 GB of memory in 8 (4GB) dimms. This feature must be ordered in quantities of 4, 8, 12 or 16. No other order quantities will be accepted.

Note: MES orders for feature number 8231 are available only for authorized IBM Business Partners certified for participation in the IBM Solution Delivery Integration (SDI) Program.

  • Attributes provided: DDR2 Memory
  • Attributes required: DDR2 dimm slots
  • For 9110-51A: (#8231)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8282) 4-core 1.65 GHz POWER5+ Processor Card, 2x36MB L3 Cache

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

4-core processor card with 1.65 GHz POWER5+ processor. The four processors share 2 x 36MB of L3 cache. Attached to planar.

  • Attributes provided: 4-core processor card, 2 x 36MB L3 cache
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#8282)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8283) 1-core 2.1 GHz POWER5+ Processor Card, 36MB L3 Cache

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

1-core processor card with 2.1 GHz POWER5+ processor and 36MB L3 cache. Attached to planar.

  • Attributes provided: 1-core processor card, 36MB L3 cache
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#8283)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8284) 2-core 2.1 GHz POWER5+ Processor Card, 36MB L3 Cache

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

2-core processor card with 2.1 GHz POWER5+ processor and 36MB L3 cache. Attached to planar.

  • Attributes provided: 2-core processor card, 36MB L3 cache
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#8284)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8482) Zero-priced Express Product Offering Processor Entitlement for #8282

(No Longer Available as of April 25, 2014)

This feature provides a customer with one processor entitlement at no additional charge. Available only with Express Product Offerings

  • Attributes provided: One processor entitlement for #8282
  • Attributes required: Qualifying Express Product Offering
  • For 9110-51A: (#8482)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8483) Zero-priced Express Product Offering Processor Entitlement for #8283

(No Longer Available as of April 25, 2014)

This feature provides a customer with one processor entitlement at no additional charge. Available only with Express Product Offerings

  • Attributes provided: One processor entitlement for #8283
  • Attributes required: Qualifying Express Product Offering
  • For 9110-51A: (#8483)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8484) Zero-priced Express Product Offering Processor Entitlement for #8284

(No Longer Available as of April 25, 2014)

This feature provides a customer with one processor entitlement at no additional charge. Available only with Express Product Offerings

  • Attributes provided: One processor entitlement for #8284
  • Attributes required: Qualifying Express Product Offering
  • For 9110-51A: (#8484)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8761) Zero-priced Express Product Offering Entitlement for #7654

(No Longer Available as of April 25, 2014)

This feature number provides a customer with one processor entitlement at no additional charge. Available only with Express Product Offerings.

  • Attributes provided: One processor entitlement for #7654
  • Attributes required: Qualifying Express Product Offering
  • For 9110-51A: (#8761)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8762) Zero-priced Express Product Offering Processor Entitlement for #7655

(No Longer Available as of April 25, 2014)

This feature number provides a customer with one processor entitlement at no additional charge. Available only with Express Product Offerings.

  • Attributes provided: One processor entitlement for #7655
  • Attributes required: Qualifying Express Product Offering
  • For 9110-51A: (#8762)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8800) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English, #103P

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached US English #103P keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8800)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8801) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French, #189

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached French #189 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8801)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8802) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Italian, #142

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Italian #142 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8802)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8803) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, German/Austrian, #129

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached German/Austrian #129 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8803)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8804) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, UK English, #166

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached UK English #166 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8804)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8805) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Spanish, #172

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Spanish #172 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8805)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8806) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Japanese, #194

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Japanese #194 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8806)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8807) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Brazilian/Portuguese, #275

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Brazilian Portuguese #275 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8807)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8808) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Canadian French, #058

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Canadian French #058 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8808)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8810) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Belgian/Dutch, #120

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Belgian/Dutch #120 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8810)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8811) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Swedish/Finnish, #153

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Swedish/Finnish #153 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8811)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8812) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Danish, #159

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Danish #159 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8812)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8813) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Bulgarian, #442

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Bulgarian #442 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8813)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8814) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Swiss/French/German, #150F/G

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Swiss/French/German #150F/G keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8814)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8816) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Norwegian, #155

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Norwegian #155 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8816)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8818) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Portuguese, #163

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Portuguese #163 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8818)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8819) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Greek, #319

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Greek #319 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8819)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8820) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hebrew, #212

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Hebrew #212 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8820)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8821) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hungarian, #208

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Hungarian #208 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8821)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8823) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Polish, #214

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Polish #214 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8823)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8825) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Slovakian, #245

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Slovakian #245 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8825)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8826) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Czech, #243

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Czeck #243 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8826)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8827) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Turkish, #179

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Turkish #179 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8827)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8829) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, LA Spanish, #171

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached LA Spanish #171 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8829)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8830) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Arabic, #238

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Arabic #238 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8830)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8833) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Korean, #413

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Korean #413 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8833)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8834) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Chinese/US, #467

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Chinese/US #467 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8834)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8835) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French Canadian, #445

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached French Canadian #445 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8835)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8836) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Thai, #191

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Thai #191 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8836)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8838) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Russian, #443

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Russian #443 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8838)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8839) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Yugoslavian/Latin, #105

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Yugoslavian/Latin #105 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8839)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8840) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English (EMEA), #103P

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached US English #103P (EMEA) keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8840)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8841) Mouse - USB, Business Black with Keyboard Attachment Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 31, 2009)

This feature provides a three button USB mouse and a cable for attachment to a keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: 3-Button USB Mouse
  • Attributes required: Keyboard with USB Mouse Attachment Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8841)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8845) - USB Mouse

The optical LED USB Mouse has 2 buttons and a scroll wheel that acts as a third button. Mouse cable is 1.8 meters long. OS does not support scrolling with the wheel. Business black with red scroll wheel.

  • Attributes provided: 2-Button USB Mouse w/scroll wheel that acts as 3rd button.
  • Attributes required: USB attachment Port
  • For 9110-51A: (#8845)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8876) Zero-priced Express Product Offering Processor Entitlement for #7656

(No Longer Available as of April 25, 2014)

This feature number provides a customer with one processor entitlement at no additional charge. Available only with Express Product Offerings.

  • Attributes provided: One processor entitlement for #7656
  • Attributes required: Qualifying Express Product Offering
  • For 9110-51A: (#8876)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#9169) - Order Routing Indicator - System Plant

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

This feature will be auto-selected by the Configurator Tool when required. Use of this feature will affect the routing of the order. Selection of this indicator will direct the order to a system plant for fulfillment.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#9169)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9300) Language Group Specify - US English

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

English language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#9300)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9461) - Month Indicator

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#9461)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9462) - Day Indicator

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#9462)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 31 (Initial order maximum: 31)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9463) - Hour Indicator

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#9463)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9464) - Minute Indicator

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#9464)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 60 (Initial order maximum: 60)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9465) - Qty Indicator

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#9465)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 999 (Initial order maximum: 999)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9466) - Countable Member Indicator

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#9466)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9630) Express Product Offering 91101M1

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

  • Attributes provided:
  • Attributes required:
  • For 9110-51A: (#9630)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9631) Express Product Offering 91101M2

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

  • Attributes provided:
  • Attributes required:
  • For 9110-51A: (#9631)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9632) Express Product Offering 91101M3

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

  • Attributes provided:
  • Attributes required:
  • For 9110-51A: (#9632)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9700) Language Group Specify - Dutch

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

Dutch language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#9700)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9703) Language Group Specify - French

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

French language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#9703)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9704) Language Group Specify - German

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

German language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#9704)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9705) Language Group Specify - Polish

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

Polish language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: none
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 9110-51A: (#9705)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9707) Language Group Specify - Portuguese

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

Portuguese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#9707)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9708) Language Group Specify - Spanish

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

Spanish language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#9708)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9711) Language Group Specify - Italian

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

Italian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#9711)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9712) Language Group Specify - Canadian French

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

Canadian French language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#9712)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9714) Language Group Specify - Japanese

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

Japanese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#9714)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9715) Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

Traditional Chinese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#9715)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9716) Language Group Specify - Korean

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

Korean language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#9716)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9718) Language Group Specify - Turkish

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

Turkish language group for nomenclature and publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#9718)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9719) Language Group Specify - Hungarian

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

Hungarian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: none
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 9110-51A: (#9719)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9720) Language Group Specify - Slovakian

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

Slovakian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: none
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 9110-51A: (#9720)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9721) Language Group Specify - Russian

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

Russian language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#9721)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9722) Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

Simplified Chinese language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#9722)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9724) Language Group Specify - Czech

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

Czech language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#9724)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9725) Language Group Specify -- Romanian

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

Romanian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#9725)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9727) Language Group Specify -- Slovenian

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

Slovenian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9110-51A: (#9727)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

Feature exchanges

None.
Back to topBack to top
 

Accessories

None.

Customer replacement parts

None
Back to topBack to top
 

Machine elements

Not available.
Back to topBack to top
 

Supplies

None.

Supplemental media

None.

Trademarks

(R), (TM), * Trademark or registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.

** Company, product, or service name may be a trademark or service mark of others.

Windows is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
 © IBM Corporation 2014.
Back to topBack to top

Close [x]

Close [x]